Sirona GALILEOS Comfort, ComfortPLUS, Compact 3D volume tomograph Service Manual
GALILEOS is a 3D CBCT imaging system used in dentistry. It provides high-resolution images of the teeth, jaw, and surrounding structures. This allows dentists to diagnose and treat problems more effectively, and to plan complex procedures with greater accuracy.
advertisement
kÉï=~ë=çÑW==
MQKOMNP
d^ifiblp
~ë=çÑ=råáí=ëçÑíï~êÉ=sMQKNOKMM pÉêîáÅÉ=j~åì~ä=E~ë=çÑ=cÉÄêì~êó=OMNPF
GALILEOS Service Manual
båÖäáëÜ
=
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Table of contents
Other documentation required......................................................................
1.4.1 Identification of the danger levels......................................................
1.4.2 Formats and symbols used ...............................................................
Electromagnetic compatibility.......................................................................
Qualifications of service personnel...............................................................
3.2.1 Information on the unit ......................................................................
3.2.3 Modules and components .................................................................
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
3
4
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3.2.5.3 Board in the remote control..............................................................
3.2.7.1 GALILEOS Compact/GALILEOS Comfort .......................................
3.2.7.2 GALILEOS Comfort PLUS ...............................................................
3.3.1 GALILEOS firmware...........................................................................
3.3.2 FaceScan firmware ............................................................................
3.3.3 GALILEOS Software ..........................................................................
4.1.1 Switching the "GALILEOS Comfort / Comfort PLUS" on ...................
4.1.2 Switching the "GALILEOS Compact" on ............................................
4.1.3 Factory setting after switch-on ...........................................................
4.2.1 Updating the unit firmware .................................................................
4.2.1.2 Check program releases ..................................................................
4.2.2 Updating the FaceScan firmware.......................................................
4.2.2.1 Option 1: Update using the FaceScan USB stick.............................
4.2.2.2 Option 2: Firmware update via the network .....................................
4.3.1 Configuring the unit via the SIDEXIS Manager..................................
4.3.1.1 Setup of an X-ray component ..........................................................
4.3.2 Configuring FaceScan........................................................................
4.3.2.1 Type 1: Configuration using the Facescan USB stick ......................
4.3.2.2 Type 2: Configuration over a network cable (peer-to-peer) .............
4.3.2.3 Resetting the FaceScan configuration to factory default settings ....
4.4.1 Reading the unit data of the GALILEOS via "Extended Details"........
4.4.2 Reading FaceScan unit data over the network ..................................
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Using demo mode – operation without radiation release .............................
4.5.1 Switching on demo mode..................................................................
4.5.2 Switching off demo mode..................................................................
4.5.3 Important information for repacking and transport ............................
Status messages and displays.....................................................................
5.4.4 General handling of error messages.................................................
5.5.1 Location 06: Tube assembly/DX6 .....................................................
5.5.2 Location 07: Easypad/DX7................................................................
5.5.3 Location 10: System hardware..........................................................
5.5.4 Location 11: Power PC/Board DX11.................................................
5.5.5 Location 12: CAN bus .......................................................................
5.5.6 Location 13: Stand/Peripherals .........................................................
5.5.7 Location 14: Digital extension, SIDEXIS XG..................................... 102
5.5.8 Location 15: Configuration, update ................................................... 104
5.5.9 Location 42: Remote control ............................................................. 105
5.5.10 Location 71: Multipad, board DX71................................................... 109
6.1.1 Example of error logging data ........................................................... 120
6.2.1 Checking the CAN bus with the diagnostic function of board DX1 ... 125
6.2.2 Jumper positions in the CAN bus...................................................... 125
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
5
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
6
Error analysis of X-RAY control signal path .................................................. 135
6.8.1 Error analysis of X-RAY control signal path: from unit serial number
Fault diagnosis of the X-ray detector and on board DX89 ............................ 141
6.9.2 LED statuses and their significance in case of an error..................... 142
6.9.3 LEDs of operating voltages................................................................ 144
General information about unit adjustment and calibration........................... 146
7.1.1 Displays and help messages during adjustment/calibration .............. 147
7.1.2 "Adjustment/Calibration" menu .......................................................... 147
7.1.2.1 Calling the "Adjustment/Calibration" menu....................................... 147
7.1.3 Enabling exposure readiness............................................................. 151
7.1.6 Test phantoms for adjustment and calibration ................................... 152
Checking the mechanical system adjustment ............................................... 154
Adjustment and calibration via the "Service Functions" menu ...................... 155
Performing a white balance for FaceScan .................................................... 168
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8.1.1 List of all service routines available for selection .............................. 174
8.1.2 Alphabetical list of service routine functions ..................................... 175
Service menu and service routines .............................................................. 177
8.2.1 Displays and symbols in the service menu ....................................... 177
Basic operating procedures in the service menu ......................................... 180
8.3.1 Activating the service menu .............................................................. 180
8.3.2 Selecting service routines and test steps.......................................... 182
8.3.2.3 Service routines with security access.............................................. 185
8.3.5 Exiting the test step and service routine ........................................... 190
S002: Radiation without rotary movement, selectable kV/mA level and maximum radiation time
S005: General X-ray tube assembly service ................................................ 192
8.6.3.1 Displaying the log with a web browser ............................................ 201
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
7
8
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
S011: Dosimetry (without ring movement) .................................................... 211
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle...................................................... 250
9.2.1 Preparing for motor replacement ...................................................... 250
9.2.2 Removing board DX32...................................................................... 254
9.2.3 Replacing the height adjustment motor/spindle ................................ 255
9.2.4 Laying of cables when replacing the height adjustment motor ......... 257
9.2.5 What has to be done after replacing the height adjustment motor
9.3.2 Replacing the pinion at the ring motor .............................................. 262
9.3.3 Laying of cables when replacing the ring motor................................ 263
9.3.4 What has to be done after replacing the ring motor (M1_3)/pinion? . 264
9.5.1 Replacing Easypad or Multipad user interface.................................. 265
9.5.1.1 What has to be done after replacing the user interface?................. 266
9.5.2 Laying of cables when replacing the user interface .......................... 267
9.6.1 Replacing the X-ray tube assembly (GALILEOS Compact/
9.6.2 Replacing the X-ray tube assembly (GALILEOS Comfort PLUS) ..... 270
9.6.3 Cables and connectors for replacement of the X-ray tube assembly 274
9.6.4 What has to be done after replacing the X-ray tube assembly? ....... 276
9.7.2 What has to be done after replacing the fan? ................................... 279
9.8.2 What has to be done after replacing the X-ray detector?.................. 284
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
9
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9.9.1.1 Removing the defective scan unit .................................................... 285
9.9.1.3 What has to be done after replacing the scanner unit?.................... 294
9.9.2 Replacing the PoE module................................................................. 294
9.9.2.1 Removing the faulty PoE module..................................................... 294
9.9.2.2 Installing the new PoE module......................................................... 296
9.10.1 Replacing receptacle element for head fixation (for unit with head fixation device)
9.12.1 Important notes about replacing boards............................................. 302
9.12.2.1Replacing PC board DX1 ................................................................. 304
9.12.3 Measures following replacement of boards........................................ 306
9.12.3.1After changing the DX11 board........................................................ 310
9.12.3.2Replacing the tube assembly including board DX6.......................... 316
9.13.1 Replacing energy chain 1 completely ................................................ 320
9.13.2.1Replacing fiber-optic cable L5, L6 or L15......................................... 324
9.13.2.3Replacing cable L7/L117 or L108 in cable track 2 ........................... 327
9.13.2.4Replacing cable L1 or grounding strap in cable track 1 ................... 330
10
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
10.4.3 Checking the fan and temperature sensor ........................................ 335
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
11
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
1 About this Service Manual
1.1 Scope
1
About this Service Manual
About this Service Manual
1.1
Scope
This Service Manual describes the service work for the digital volume tomographs "GALILEOS Comfort", "GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
", and
"GALILEOS Compact" for unit versions supplied as of February 2013. It is intended for use exclusively by trained and authorized distributors and service technicians.
1.2
Other documentation required
Other documentation required
In addition to this manual, you need the following documents:
ETL GALILEOS
Spare parts list
● GALILEOS List of Spare Parts: Order no. 61 25 699
GALILEOS wiring diagrams
Wiring diagrams
● GALILEOS Wiring References: Order no. 61 25 640
GALILEOS installation
Installation Instructions
● GALILEOS Installations Instructions: Order No. 61 25 574
● GALILEOS / ORTHOPHOS XG 3D Software installation: Order No.
61 42 389
● GALAXIS Operator's Manual: Order No. 61 23 488
● SIDEXIS XG Digital Radiography Installation Instructions:
Order no. 59 67 356
DVD text
You can order the technical documentation in paper form free of change from our Customer Service Center by specifying the above mentioned order numbers (REF).
You can also download the latest user documentation, such as instructions for use, from the Sirona homepage (www.sirona.de HOME ⇨
Service ⇨ Technical Documentation).
1.3
Tools and auxiliary materials
● GALILEOS service set: Order No. 6146562
● Screwdriver set (slot and Phillips)
● Torx offset screwdrivers TX10, TX20, TX25
(included in the scope of supply)
● Hexagon socket-head screwdriver, hexagon socket-head screw size
6 mm
(included in the scope of supply)
● Open-end wrench, 13 mm A/F
● Socket wrench, 13 mm A/F, 17 mm A/F, 18 mm A/F
● Side cutting pliers
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
11
1 About this Service Manual
1.4 Structure of the document
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
● Spirit level
● Digital Multimeter, Accuracy Class 1
● Mult-O-Meter 512L
● Soldering tool for repairing cables
● Cable ties
● Teflon tape
● Loctite
1.4
Structure of the document
Structure of the document
1.4.1
Identification of the danger levels
Identification of the danger levels
To prevent personal injury and material damage, please observe the warning and safety instructions provided in this document, which are highlighted as follows:
DANGER
Imminent danger that could result in serious bodily injury or death.
WARNING
Potentially dangerous situation that could result in serious bodily injury or death.
CAUTION
Potentially dangerous situation that could result in slight bodily injury.
NOTICE
Potentially harmful situation which could lead to damage of the product or an object in its environment.
IMPORTANT
Instructions for use and other important information.
Tip: Information for simplifying work.
1.4.2
Formats and symbols used
Formats and symbols used
The formats and symbols used in this document have the following meaning:
12
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
1 About this Service Manual
1.4 Structure of the document
Requests you to do something.
✔
Prerequisite
1. First action step
2. Second action step or
➢ Alternative action
Result
See “Formats and symbols used [ → 12]”
● List
"Command / menu item"
Identifies a reference to another text passage and indicates the relevant page number.
Identifies a list item.
Identifies commands / menu items or a quote.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
13
2 Safety instructions
2.1 Modifications to the unit
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
2
Safety instructions
Safety instructions
2.1
Modifications to the unit
Modifications to the unit
Modifications to this unit which might affect the safety of the system owner, patients or other persons are prohibited by law!
For reasons of product safety, this product may be operated only with original Sirona accessories or third-party accessories expressly approved by Sirona. The user is responsible for any damage resulting from the use of non-approved accessories.
2.2
Fixed connection
Fixed connection
DANGER
Potentially lethal shock hazard!
Fixed connection!
Installing a mains plug instead of the specified fixed connection infringes international medical regulatory actions and is prohibited. In case of error, this puts patients, users, and other parties seriously at risk.
2.3
Electromagnetic compatibility
Electromagnetic compatibility
The unit complies with the requirements of standard IEC 60601-1-2.
Medical electrical equipment is subject to special EMC preventive measures. It must be installed and operated as specified in the document
"Installation Requirements".
If high-voltage systems, radio link systems or MRI systems are located within 5 m of the unit, please observe the specifications stated in the installation requirements.
Portable and mobile RF communications equipment may interfere with medical electrical equipment. Therefore, the use of mobile wireless phones in medical office or hospital environments must be prohibited.
2.4
Electrostatic discharge
Electrostatic discharge from people can damage electronic components when the components are touched.
Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before touching any boards.
2.5
Switching the unit on
Due to the risk of injury caused by malfunction, no person may be positioned in the unit when it is switched on.
14
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
2 Safety instructions
2.6 Condensation
2.6
Condensation
Extreme fluctuations of temperature may cause condensation inside the unit. Do not switch the unit on before it has reached normal room temperature. See also Technical Data.
2.7
Laser light localizer
Laser light localizer
Safety information for light localizer: Service engineer
The system incorporates Class 1 laser products.
A minimum distance of 10 cm (4") is required between the eye and the laser. Do not stare into the beam.
Do not use the system with any other lasers, and do not make any changes to settings or processes that are not described in these operating instructions. This may lead to a dangerous exposure to radiation.
2.8
Ventilation slots
Never cover the ventilation slots on the unit under any circumstances, since this may obstruct air circulation. This can cause the unit to overheat.
2.9
Qualifications of service personnel
Qualifications of service personnel
Installation and startup may be carried out only by personnel specifically authorized by Sirona.
2.10
Radiation protection
The valid radiation protection regulations and measures must be observed. The statutory radiation protection equipment must be used.
During an exposure, the service engineer should move as far away from the X-ray tube assembly as the coiled cable of the manual release permits.
With the exception of the service engineer, no other persons are allowed to stay in the room during an exposure.
In case of malfunctions, cancel the exposure immediately by letting go of the exposure release button.
2.11
Safety checks
After implementing repair work, protective conductors and device leakage current checks must be carried out (see the sections on "Checking protective conductor" and "Checking device leakage current").
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
15
3 Unit description
3.1 Unit classes and versions
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3
Unit description
Unit description
3.1
Unit classes and versions
Unit classes and versions
A
C
A
B
C
B
GALILEOS unit*
Control panel
FaceScan (optional)
16
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
3.1.1
Control panels
The "Comfort/Comfort
PLUS
" and "Compact" unit classes differ by the equipment of the control panel (B). While the GALILEOS Comfort class features a control panel with a color touchscreen (Easypad), the Compact class is equipped with a simpler control panel with a single-line display
(Multipad). Due to their different control panels, the operating procedures for these two system classes also vary.
Accompanying documents
3.2
Hardware
Hardware
3.2.1
Information on the unit
Information on the unit
The following symbols are applied to the unit:
Accompanying documents
This symbol is affixed next to the unit rating plate.
Meaning: When operating the unit, observe the operating instructions.
This symbol is affixed on the unit rating plate.
Meaning: The accompanying documents are available on the homepage of Sirona.
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
Connector pins or sockets bearing ESD warning labels must not be touched or interconnected without ESD protective measures. See also
"Electrostatic Discharge" and "Electromagnetic Compatibility" [ → 14].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
17
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Single use hygienic protective sleeves
Identification of single use devices
Prior to each exposure, the hygienic protective sleeves (single use devices) must be fitted.
Single use devices are identified with the symbol shown on the left. They must be disposed of immediately after use. Do not use single use devices more than once.
3.2.2
Installation versions
Installation versions
A B
C
18
The unit can be equipped with...
● a 1-3 m coiled cable with release button inside the treatment room (A) or ...
● a remote control with or without coiled cable (B+C) located outside the X-ray room (see also installation instructions).
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3.2.3
Modules and components
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
C
C
D
A
B
Slide
Stand
D A
B
19
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
LS
3.2.3.1
Slide
Slide
MU
A
DX6*
DX7*
LS*
B
DX11
DX1
DX89
GALILEOS Comfort / Comfort PLUS
DX71*
GALILEOS Compact
Component
Boards
Motor
Designation
DX1
DX11
DX6*
DX6*
DX7*
DX71*
DX89
MU
Light barriers LS
LS
(A)
(B)
Function
Open loop/closed loop control in general
Controller board
Open loop/closed loop tube assembly (GALILEOS Comfort/
Compact)
Open loop/closed loop tube assembly (GALILEOS
Comfort
PLUS
)
Easypad touchscreen
(GALILEOS Comfort)
LED display on Multipad
(GALILEOS Compact)
Image memory of the X-ray detector
Rotary movement of rotating element
Position control of the ring cycle
Position control of the swivel arm
*) not available as individual repair part (see spare parts list).
20
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3.2.3.2
Stand
MHV
DX32
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
DX42
Component
Boards
Motor
Designation
DX32
MHV
Function
Power supply board
Linear movement of height adjustment
3.2.3.3
Remote control
Remote control
Component
Board
Designation
DX42
Function
Display board for remote control
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
21
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
3.2.3.4
FaceScan
FaceScan
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
22
Component
Boards
Designation
FACESCAN
PoE
Function
Modular board
Power supply board
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3.2.4
Cabling overview
Cabling overview
L1
L2
L3
DX6
H1
L3
A
L5
L4
L1
L5
C
A
B
C
Power switch
Line filter
Wago terminal
L4
DX32
L2
B
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
DX11
DX1
DX89
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
23
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
5922526
X1/J307
5922526 DX1
L6
L9
L10
L15
L9
DX6
L10
H1
A
DX7/DX71
L6
L15
A Power switch
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
DX11
DX1 DX89
24
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Cabling overview2: GALILEOS, new
L13
L16
L19
L27
L28*
L29
LS
DX6
L16
HV
L19
L29
H1
A
DX7/DX71
D
* Cable L28 cannot be replaced.
A Power switch
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
DX11
DX1
DX89
L13 L27 L28*
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
25
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
L7
L108
L117
L25/L26
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
DX1
DX42
L108
L117
L7
L25
E
E Media converter
26
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
FaceScan cabling overview
FaceScan cabling
L77
L78
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
A
L77 L78
DX11
DX1
DX89
FACESCAN
L77
PoE
A Power switch
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
27
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
Boards DX1/DX11
3.2.5
Board photos
3.2.5.1
Board photos
Boards in the slide
Boards in the slide
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Board DX6
28
DX6: GALILEOS, new
This board is not available as a spare part or a repair part. X-ray tube assemblies can only be ordered as complete units.
GALILEOS Compact and GALILEOS Comfort:
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
GALILEOS Comfort PLUS:
29
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Board DX7
DX7: Restriction for GALILEOS, new
This board is only used in the "GALILEOS Comfort" and the "GALILEOS
Comfort
PLUS
" (not in the "GALILEOS Compact").
The board is not available as a spare part or a repair part. The Easypad can only be ordered as a complete unit.
30
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
Board DX71
DX71 GALILEOS / XG 3 / XG 5
DX71: Restriction for GALILEOS, new
This board is only used in the "GALILEOS Compact" (not in the
"GALILEOS Comfort" or the "GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
").
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
31
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
32
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Board DX89
DX89: GALILEOS
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
Board DX32
3.2.5.2
Boards in the stand
Boards in the stand
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
A Line filter
33
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
Board DX42
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3.2.5.3
Board in the remote control
Board in the remote control
This board is not available as a spare part or a repair part.
FACESCAN modular board
3.2.5.4
FaceScan boards
FaceScan boards
This modular board is not available as a spare part or a repair part.
FaceScan can only be ordered as a complete unit.
34
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
35
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
PoE power supply board
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
GALILEOS
3.2.6
Covers
Covers
When removing covers, always remember that direct sunlight or bright room lighting can cause system malfunctions due to activated light barriers. Therefore: avoid direct sunlight and bright room lighting above the unit!
Reattach all covers. When attaching the covers: be sure to screw the sheet metal cover back on.
IMPORTANT: For reasons of electromagnetic compatibility, be sure to fasten all screws.
Covers: GALILEOS, new
IMPORTANT
The covers of your unit may differ slightly from those shown in the following illustration, depending on the unit class/unit serial number.
36
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
C
P
E
A
B
Profile covers, top and bottom
Intermediate piece
Tube assembly cover, rear
Tube assembly cover
Cover for ring center (in units without head fixation device)
37
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
Chassis:
X-ray tube assembly:
Detector:
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
F
A
N
O
I
J
G
H
K
L
Acquisition unit for head fixation device (in units with head fixation device)
Ring cover
Support cover
Swivel arm cover
Arm cover
Slide cover, front
Slide cover, top rear
Slide cover, center rear
Slide cover, bottom rear
X-ray detector cover
3.2.7
Technical data
3.2.7.1
Technical data
GALILEOS Compact/GALILEOS Comfort
GALILEOS Compact/GALILEOS Comfort
Model designation
Nominal voltage:
Permissible fluctuation:
Permissible drop under load:
Rated current:
Nominal power output:
Current time product:
Nominal frequency:
Internal line impedance:
Main building fuse:
Power consumption:
GALILEOS Compact/Comfort
200 V – 240 V
±10%
10%
6 A
0.6 kW at 85 kV/7mA
42 mAs
50 Hz / 60 Hz max. 0.8 ohms
25 A slow-blow (16 A for single line)
0.9 kVA
Focal spot size acc. to IEC 60336, measured in the central X-ray beam: 0.5
kV: 85 kV mA:
Pulsed mode:
5 mA / 7 mA
10 ms – 30 ms
Total filtration of X-ray tube assembly > 2.5 Al / 90 IEC 60522
Integrated filter: 0.4 mm Cu
Cone-beam angle:
High voltage generation frequency: collimated to approx. 24°
80 kHz – 100 kHz
Type:
Active input window size:
Camera:
Image intensifier (I.I.),
Thales or Siemens
215 mm (8 1/2") diameter
Pixels: 1000
2
38
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Geometry:
Scanning process:
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
FPS: 15 – 30
Dynamics: 12 bits,
(4096 brightness values), 60 dB
Source-I.I. converter coating distance
(central X-ray beam)
Source-isocenter distance
(central X-ray beam)
Source-skin distance
(minimum distance)
510 mm (20 1/16")
333 mm (13 1/8") approx. 220 mm (8 5/8")
Orbital angle
Scan time
Number of single exposures
204° approx. 14 s
200
Reconstruction:
Marking of focal spot:
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Automatic exposure blocking:
Class I device
Degree of protection against electric shock:
Degree of protection against ingress of water:
Type B device
Ordinary equipment
(without protection against ingress of water)
Year of manufacture:
The duration of automatic exposure blocking (cooling period) depends on the set kV/mA level and the actual exposure time. Depending on the tube load, interval times of 8 s to 300 s are automatically set by the system.
Operating mode:
Long-term power output:
Anode material:
Exposure parameters for determining leakage radiation:
Continuing current for leakage radiation measurements:
Transport and storage temperature:
Basic unit
(on the rating plate)
Continuous operation
100 W
Tungsten
7mA / 85 kV
0.14 mA
-40°C – +70°C (-40°F – 158°F)
39
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Detector
Air humidity:
Admissible operating temperature:
Operating altitude:
-30°C – +55°C (-22°F – 131°F)
10% – 95% without condensation from +10°C to +35°C (50°F – 95°F)
≤ 3000 m
X-ray tube: Toshiba DF-151R or
Siemens SR 120/15/60
Minimum requirements for reconstruction PC (included in the scope of supply):
Processor:
RAM:
Hard disks:
Operating system:
External drive:
DualCore from 2 GHz
Minimum requirements for
SIDEXIS visualization PC
(not included in the scope of supply):
See SIDEXIS XG Operator’s Manual.
The system requirements are also listed under www.sidexis.com
Network:
Chassis:
Network:
Communication interface:
100 MB Ethernet, 1 Gbit Ethernet recommended
RJ45 for LAN cable
3.2.7.2
GALILEOS Comfort PLUS
GALILEOS Comfort PLUS
Model designation
Nominal voltage:
Permissible fluctuation:
Permissible drop under load:
Rated current:
Nominal power output:
Current time product:
Nominal frequency:
Internal line impedance:
Main building fuse:
Power consumption:
GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
200 V – 240 V
±10%
10%
6 A
0.6 kW at 98 kV/6mA
30 mAs
50 Hz / 60 Hz max. 0.8 ohms
25 A slow-blow (16 A for single line)
0.9 kVA
X-ray tube assembly:
4 GB RAM
> 500 GB
Windows XP Professional SP3 or
Windows 7 Professional
1x DVD-ROM, dual-layer
Focal spot size acc. to IEC 60336, measured in the central X-ray beam: 0.5
kV: mA:
Pulsed mode:
98 kV
3 mA - 6 mA
10 ms – 14 ms
40
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Detector:
Geometry:
Scanning process:
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware min. permanent filtering: min. half-value layer:
Integrated filter:
Cone-beam angle:
High voltage generation frequency:
2.8 mm Al / 98 IEC 60522
3.9 mm Al
0.2 mm Cu collimated to approx. 24°
80 kHz – 100 kHz
Type:
Active input window size:
Camera:
Image intensifier (I.I.), Siemens
215 mm (8 1/2") diameter
Pixels: 1000
2
FPS: 15 – 30
Dynamics: 12 bits,
(4096 brightness values), 63 dB
Source-I.I. converter coating distance
(central X-ray beam)
Source-isocenter distance
(central X-ray beam)
Source-skin distance
(minimum distance)
590 mm (23 1/4")
413 mm (16 1/4") approx. 300 mm (11 13/16")
Orbital angle
Scan time
Number of single exposures
204° approx. 14 s
200
HD mode 357
Reconstruction:
Marking of focal spot:
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Automatic exposure blocking: The duration of automatic exposure blocking (cooling period) depends on the set kV/mA level and the actual exposure time. Depending on the tube load, interval times of 8 s to 300 s are automatically set by the system.
Class I device
Degree of protection against electric shock:
Degree of protection against ingress of water:
Type B device
Ordinary equipment
(without protection against ingress of water)
41
3 Unit description
3.2 Hardware
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Year of manufacture:
Operating mode:
Long-term power output:
Anode material:
Exposure parameters for determining leakage radiation:
Continuing current for leakage radiation measurements:
Transport and storage temperature:
Basic unit
Detector
Air humidity:
Admissible operating temperature:
Operating altitude:
(on the rating plate)
Continuous operation
100 W
Tungsten
6mA / 98 kV
0.14 mA
-40°C – +70°C (-40°F – 158°F)
-30°C – +55°C (-22°F – 131°F)
10% – 95% without condensation between +10°C and +35°C
(50°F – 95°F)
At a room temperature of > 35°C (> 95°F),
Sirona recommends using an air conditioning system.
≤ 3000 m
X-ray tube: Siemens SR 120/15/60
Minimum requirements for reconstruction PC (included in the scope of supply):
Processor:
RAM:
Hard disks:
Operating system:
External drive:
Graphics card:
QuadCore Intel i5
8 GB RAM
1 TByte
Windows 7 64-bit (mandatory)
1x DVD-ROM, dual-layer explicit (not onboard), at least 1 GB RAM
Minimum requirements for
SIDEXIS visualization PC
(not included in the scope of supply):
See SIDEXIS XG Operator’s Manual.
The system requirements are also listed under www.sidexis.com
Network: Network:
Communication interface:
100 MB Ethernet, 1 Gbit Ethernet recommended
RJ45 for LAN cable
42
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3 Unit description
3.3 Software/compatibility
Main software V04.12.00
SIDEXIS XG GALILEOS software
V2.5.6 or higher
V2.0
Main software V04.14.00
3.3
Software/compatibility
Software/compatibility
3.3.1
GALILEOS firmware
GALILEOS firmware
Any software combinations other than those listed here are not allowed.
If a module software version does not match the main software version, the main software version is identified with an asterisk on the info screen
(e.g. 04.12.00*).
GALILEOS
Board
DX6
DX6NG
DX7
DX7-L0
DX7-L1
DX7-L2
DX7-L3
DX7-L4
DX7-L5
DX71
DX11
DX11-FPGA
DX89
DX89 FPGA
Software
03.07.04
04.09.00
02.80.07
02.29.00
02.29.00
02.27.00
02.27.00
02.04.00
02.02.00
02.54.03
04.12.00
01.04.00
01.59.02
01.58.00
Remote control
Board
DX42
Software
02.56.04
RCU server software
V2.3
GALILEOS
Implant
V1.9SP1
FaceScan unit software
V1.15.369–
V1.14369
FaceScan
PC software
V1.2
GALILEOS
Board
DX6
DX6NG
DX7
DX7-L0
DX7-L1
DX7-L2
DX7-L3
DX7-L4
DX7-L5
DX71
DX11
Software
03.08.00
04.09.07
02.82.01
02.31.00
02.31.00
02.29.00
02.29.00
02.06.00
02.02.00
02.55.02
04.14.00
FaceScan
USB stick
FS0004
Remote control
Board
DX42
Software
02.58.02
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
43
3 Unit description
3.3 Software/compatibility
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
GALILEOS
Board
DX11-FPGA
DX89
DX89 FPGA
Software
01.04.00
01.60.02
01.58.00
Remote control
Board Software
SIDEXIS XG GALILEOS software
V2.5.6 or higher
V2.1
FaceScan
FS 0004 or higher
RCU server software
V2.4
GALILEOS
Implant
V1.9 SP1
FaceScan unit software
V1.15.369 –
V1.14369
3.3.2
FaceScan firmware
GALILEOS main unit software
V04.12.00 or higher
FaceScan firmware
GALILEOS Software
V2.0 or higher
FaceScan
PC software
V1.2
FaceScan
USB stick
FS0004
SIDEXIS XG
V2.5.6 or higher
3.3.3
GALILEOS Software
GALILEOS
Software
V2.0
CD index Remarks
006 Requires main unit software V 04.12.00 or higher and SIDEXIS 2.5.6 or higher.
44
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4 General operating procedures
4.1 Switching the unit on
4
General operating procedures
General operating procedures
4.1
Switching the unit on
Switching the unit on
WARNING
X-rays
Be sure to observe the radiation protection regulations applicable in your country.
➢ No person may be positioned in the unit when it is switched on.
NOTICE
Damage to the unit
Check the room height before you raise the unit.
➢ If the room height is less than 2.27 m (89 3/8") or 2.30 m (90 1/2")
for installation with the floor stand, you must limit the maximum travel height [ → 232].
NOTICE
Fluctuations in temperature can cause condensation to form in the unit.
Electrical components are destroyed by short circuits.
➢ Do not switch the unit on until the temperature of the unit has adapted to the ambient temperature and the condensation has evaporated.
Waiting time when switching on and off
NOTICE
The unit must not be switched on/off constantly.
Constant switching on and off reduces the service life of individual unit components and results in increased power consumption.
➢ After switching the unit off, wait for approx. 60 seconds before switching it on again.
4.1.1
Switching the "GALILEOS Comfort / Comfort PLUS" on
Switching the "GALILEOS Comfort / Comfort PLUS" on
NOTICE
The surface of the touchscreen is sensitive.
The touchscreen can be damaged or its surface scratched.
➢ Never use pointed objects such as ballpoint pens, pencils, etc. to operate the touchscreen.
➢ Only use your fingertips to operate the touchscreen.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
45
4 General operating procedures
4.1 Switching the unit on
46
A
A
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
B
IMPORTANT
After the unit is switched on, the touchscreen has only limited readability for several minutes until the background lighting has completed its warm-up phase.
After the unit is switched off with the main switch, the touchscreen remains lit for approx. another 3 to 5 seconds.
C
1. Turn the main switch (A) to position I.
2. Wait for approx. 1 minute.
The X-ray radiation indicator (B) lights up for approx. 1 second as a functional check.
After approx. 2 seconds, the green LED (C) in the upper part of the control panel lights up. This LED remains lit as long as the unit is on.
The start screen is displayed on the touchscreen for several seconds.
The program selection is then displayed on the touchscreen.
3. Check whether the patient symbols on the touchscreen can be selected in exactly the right position.
If problems occur during selection, adjust the touchscreen.
4. Press the R key.
The unit moves to its starting position.
5. Switch on the PC.
6. Start SIDEXIS XG.
As long as no connection has been made to SIDEXIS XG, the message is displayed in the comment line of the control panel on the
"Switch SIDEXIS to ready for exposure state"
touchscreen.
4.1.2
Switching the "GALILEOS Compact" on
B
C
2. Wait for approx. 1 minute.
The X-ray radiation indicator (B) lights up for approx. 1 second as a functional check.
After approx. 2 seconds, the green LED (C) in the upper part of the control panel lights up. This LED remains lit as long as the unit is on.
3. Press the R key.
The unit moves to its starting position.
4. Switch on the PC.
5. Start SIDEXIS XG.
Help message H401 remains displayed on the Multipad as long as there is no connection with SIDEXIS XG.
4.1.3
Factory setting after switch-on
The unit has the following factory configuration on delivery:
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4 General operating procedures
4.2 Updating the firmware
● Start settings:
– Starting position: from the front (right)
– VO4 (for "GALILEOS Compact")
– VO1 (for "GALILEOS Comfort")
– VO5 (for "GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
")
– Patient symbol 2: 85 kV/21mAs
● The acoustic signal for end of exposure is activated.
Only for "GALILEOS Comfort" and "GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
":
● The unit language is preconfigured as ordered.
● The welcome screen is switched on.
● The first name, last name and date of birth lines are displayed on the welcome screen.
● For GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
: HD mode is enabled.
If the customer requires a different configuration, this can be implemented via service routine S017.
4.2
Updating the firmware
Updating the firmware
4.2.1
Updating the unit firmware
Updating the unit firmware
IMPORTANT
Downgrading to older versions
Downgrading the unit software version V04.14.00 or higher to an older version is not a simple process. However, if this is essential, please get in contact with the SIRONA Customer Service Center (CSC) in advance.
Software update for GALILEOS, new
IMPORTANT
For GALILEOS Compact / Comfort:
For a firmware update to the device from version V03.07.02 or lower to version V04.14.00 or higher, an intermediate update to version
V04.07.00 must be performed first.
Also read the information provided on the firmware CD supplied with the unit and on the SIRONA dealer page on the Internet very carefully. These sources always contain the latest information on software updates.
1. Start the
"SIDEXIS Manager"
under "Start"/"Programs"/"SIDEXIS"/
"SIDEXIS XG"
.
2. Click on
"Configuration of the X-ray components"
.
The
"Configuration of the X-ray components"
menu opens.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
47
4 General operating procedures
4.2 Updating the firmware
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3. Select the
"Attributes"
tab.
4. Click the
"Software update"
button.
The dialog box for entering the service password opens.
5. Enter the service password.
Enter the first 4 digits of the current system date in reverse order as the service password (e.g. on 05/24/1995, 5042 must be entered as the service password.
If an incorrect service password or no password at all is entered, the limited update menu for users will be started. This only supports an
automatic update [ → 51] option.
The dialog box for selecting the installation source opens.
6. Click on the button with the 3 dots.
The dialog box for selecting the update file opens.
48
7. Select the desired update file from the list and confirm the selection with the
"Open"
button.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4 General operating procedures
4.2 Updating the firmware
The update file is located on the unit software CD. It is delivered with each DX11 replacement board and also included in the country set.
The contents of the CD can be downloaded from the Dealer domain of the SIRONA Internet home page (under Products/Imaging systems): www.sirona.com
8. Click the
"Next"
button.
The software manager opens.
The action window (A) of the software manager displays the modules and their current software versions.
In the structure tree on the left (B) of the software manager, the update modes selected.
"Automatic"
and
"Main version"
can now be
IMPORTANT
For historical reasons, two versions of module DX6 appear in the action window (A) of the software manager. The installed version is indicated by a green bar.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
49
4 General operating procedures
4.2 Updating the firmware
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9. Select the desired mode for the software update (see chapter entitled
NOTICE
Unit inoperability!
Before starting the software update, make sure that no unit movements are active. Otherwise the system may become inoperable in rare cases.
The X-ray detector must be installed as part of the update. Exposure readiness must be deselected in SIDEXIS XG and the unit must not already be in service mode.
10. Click the
"Start SW update"
button.
The update is started. A message box informs you when the update process is completed.
11. Confirm the update by clicking the
"OK"
button.
A message in the software manager notifies you that a unit restart is required to activate the software update you performed.
NOTICE
Effectiveness of the software update
The unit must be restarted after every software update. The new DX11 version will not run until the unit has been rebooted (see also chapter
"Measures following replacement of boards [ → 306]").
Any errors with the consecutive numbers 01, 03, 04, 06 or 07 displayed immediately following the software update may be ignored. If these messages appear again after the unit is rebooted, perform
troubleshooting as described in the section entitled "Error messages [ → 79]".
If anything conspicuous occurs in connection with unit handling on completion of the software update and restart of the unit, please repeat the software update as the first measure.
12. Click on the
"Show logfile"
button and use the log files to check whether the update was successfully performed.
If it features entries such as "Update of DXxx failed!", please perform the update again. Repeat this procedure as often as necessary until the "failed messages" no longer appear.
50
13. Restart the unit now.
14. Use the software manager or the service routine S008.2 (see chapter entitled "Unit software versions and compatibility") to check whether all modules have been updated to the latest release of the program
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4 General operating procedures
4.2 Updating the firmware
4.2.1.1
(see chapter entitled "Check program releases [ → 53]".
15. Call up "Further Details".
This generates an XML file (with the system parameters) which is
Filed in the PDATA/.../P2K_Config directory under the network name of the unit.
Update mode
IMPORTANT
Update mode Module update is only intended for internal Sirona purposes and is not activated for User or Service mode.
In
Service mode
(accessible only by entering the Service
Password [ → 148]), the update manager supports two modes for
updating the software; these can be selected via the elements
"Automatic"
and
"Main version"
in the structure tree:
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
● Automatic
The software of all components is automatically
software version
.
updated to the latest
The right window displays a list of the modules, their installed software version and the latest software version offered by the update.
51
4 General operating procedures
4.2 Updating the firmware
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
52
● Main version
The software can be updated or downgraded using this menu.
This update mode is required, among other things, if a replacement module arrives from the warehouse and features a newer release than the existing main release of the unit. In this case, a main version update to the overall unit status (displayed on the info screen) must be performed for the corresponding component with the appropriate update file (*.SUI). The module is then reprogrammed.
In
User mode
(which can be accessed without a service password), the update manager only supports
"Automatic"
update mode.
The colored bars in front of the software releases indicate their validity
(see chapter entitled "Check program releases [ → 53]").
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4.2.1.2
Check program releases
4 General operating procedures
4.2 Updating the firmware
You can use the action window (A) of the software manager to check which modules are connected to the unit and what their latest program release is.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Modules which are connected and whose program release corresponds to the latest main software version (see chapter entitled "Unit software versions and compatibility" are identified by a continuous green bar.
Modules which the system does not recognize are identified by a broken red bar.
53
4 General operating procedures
4.2 Updating the firmware
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
If the actual status of the module cannot be polled for the update, the actual SW version will be displayed as = V00:00.
If a module has a hardware incompatibility to the program status to be programmed or the software version on the module is newer than the one in the update file, this will be indicated by a red triangle with an exclamation mark.
If the version of the selected update file is lower than the current software version of the unit, then there will be no display in the right window. The downgrade required in this case is possible only via
"Main version"
mode.
4.2.2
Updating the FaceScan firmware
Updating the FaceScan firmware
There are two ways of updating the FaceScan firmware:
● Option 1: Update via USB stick [ → 54]
The program data on the FaceScan unit is completely overwritten.
● Option 2: Update via the network [ → 56]
The program data is transferred to the FaceScan unit. Unlike in option
1, the unit configuration data is, however,
not
overwritten.
4.2.2.1
Option 1: Update using the FaceScan USB stick
Option 1: Update using the FaceScan USB stick
Opening FaceScan
1. Unscrew the cover (A) from the FaceScan.
54
2. Pull gray cable L78.4 from slot X2 of the FACESCAN modular board.
3. Unscrew the protective plate (T) from the FaceScan unit.
The FACESCAN modular board is visible.
4. Plug cable L78.4 again into slot X2 on the FACESCAN modular board.
Updating the software
1. Plug the FaceScan USB stick into the PC.
2. Open the "facescan_settings.cfg" configuration file in a text editor.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4 General operating procedures
4.2 Updating the firmware
3. Enter the value "UPDATE" for the "USB_STICK_MODE" entry
(for example: USB_STICK_MODE=UPDATE).
4.
For selection by DHCP:
Enter the value "ON" for the "DCHP_STATE" entry
(for example: DHCP_STATE=ON).
or
➢
For selection without DHCP:
Enter the value "OFF" for the "DCHP_STATE" entry
(for example: DHCP_STATE=OFF).
5. Enter the value "OFF" for the "DCHP_STATE" entry
(for example: DHCP_STATE=OFF).
6. Specify the IP address and the subnet mask in the "IP" and
"Netmask" entries.
7. Save your changes.
8. NOTICE! Incorrect removal of the USB stick can lead to loss of data on the USB stick.
Remove the USB stick using the Safely Remove function (operating system) of the PC.
Starting the update
✔
The unit must be switched off.
NOTICE
Always switch the device off before inserting the USB stick.
Before the FaceScan USB stick can be inserted into the USB socket of the FACESCAN modular board, GALILEOS must be switched off.
Otherwise the update will not be completed. Instead, the configuration data stored on the USB stick will be uploaded to GALILEOS.
1. Insert the USB stick into the USB port (U) of the FACESCAN modular board.
2. Switch the unit on again.
The FaceScan will be updated.
Both LEDs in the status display light up during the update.
The process takes around 5 minutes (around 1 minute in the event of an error).
The "USB_STICK_MODE" entry in the facescan_settings.cfg file is reset to "CONFIG".
3. Wait until the green status display LED goes out.
The blue LED should then light up.
The update is completed.
4. Switch GALILEOS off.
5. Remove the FaceScan USB stick safely from the USB port.
Checking the update
1. Plug the FaceScan USB stick into a PC.
2. Open the "facescan_settings.log" log file in a text editor.
3. Check the entries in the log file.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
55
4 General operating procedures
4.2 Updating the firmware
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
If the update was successful, the log file should state:
"Facescan device software updated with version … successful!"
4. Remove the USB stick from the PC.
Closing the FACESCAN USB slot
Closing FaceScan
1. Pull cable L78(L74) from the X2 socket of the FACESCAN modular board.
2. Screw the protective plate (T) onto the FaceScan unit.
3. Plug cable L78(L74) into the X2 socket on the FACESCAN modular board.
4. Screw down the cover (A) onto the FaceScan.
56
4.2.2.2
Concluding the update
1. Switch the unit on.
2. Perform a complete unit calibration [ → 145].
3. Perform a white balance [ → 168].
Option 2: Firmware update via the network
Option 2: Firmware update via the network
Opening the web dialog
1. In SIDEXIS Manager, start the
"Facescan Configuration"
application.
2. Click on the
"Facescanner in browser"
button.
A password dialog box opens.
3. In the field
"User"
enter
"service"
.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4 General operating procedures
4.2 Updating the firmware
4. In the field
"Password"
enter
"sirona"
.
The
"Facescan Device Service "
web dialog opens.
Select Update dialog
Select Update dialog
1. In the menu bar, select the menu item
"UPDATE"
.
The
"Facescan Firmware Update"
window opens.
2. Press the
"Enter Update Menu"
button.
The unit restarts in update mode with the message
"System rebooting... Please, wait until both status leds are on and press
'Go to Update Menu'"
. The process takes a few minutes.
3. When both LEDs light up, press the
"Go to Update Menu"
button.
Starting the update
1. Press the
"Browse…"
button.
2. Navigate to the firmware update file and select it.
3. Press the
"Upload Image"
button.
The upload runs in the background and can take up to 10 mins.
The upload ends with the message
"Update successfully done!"
.
4. Press the
"Run Update"
button.
The update starts.
The update ends automatically after around 5 minutes with the message
"Update successfully done!"
.
5. Press the
"Reboot"
button.
The message
"Device rebooting. Service menu will be accessible in several minutes."
appears.
The unit is restarted.
6. Wait around a minute until the green LED on the FaceScan unit begins to light up.
7. Only if the SIRONA browser is not being used:
Refresh the browser display (e.g. in Windows® Internet Explorer: press [F5]).
The update is completed.
Concluding the update
1. Only at initial installation: Perform a complete unit calibration [ → 145].
2. Only at initial installation: Perform a white balance [ → 168].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
57
4 General operating procedures
4.3 Configuring the unit
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4.3
Configuring the unit
Configuring the unit
4.3.1
Configuring the unit via the SIDEXIS Manager
58
4.3.1.1
Setup of an X-ray component
Setup of an X-ray component
Since it is addressable via the network, the X-ray component can in principle be activated for X-ray image acquisition by any of the PCs connected to the network.
The program SiXABCon is used to manage networkable X-ray components. It can be executed on any PC in the network on which
SIDEXIS XG has been installed.
IMPORTANT: In order to avoid IP address conflicts, you should never operate several networkable X-ray components in the network using the same IP address. Each X-ray component needs to be assigned a unique
IP address.
Factory setting of the TCP/IP address of the unit:
192.168.15.240 (subnet mask: 255.255.255.0)
Checking existing IP addresses
To find out whether an IP address already exists in the network, enter the
"PING" function in the input prompt (DOS window).
1. Switch on
all
network devices (computers, printers, X-ray components) which are being operated in the network.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4 General operating procedures
4.3 Configuring the unit
2. Invoke the input prompt (DOS window) from a network computer.
3. At the input prompt, enter "ping" followed by the address to be checked and then press the Enter key.
Example: "ping 192.168.15.13"
If a network device responds, then this address has already been assigned.
4.3.1.1.1
Selecting an X-ray component
Selecting an X-ray component
1. Switch all networkable X-ray components off.
2. Start the
"SIDEXIS Manager"
under
"start"
/
"Program Files"
/
"SIDEXIS"
.
3. Click on
"Configuration of the X-ray components"
.
The
"Configuration of the X-ray components"
menu opens.
4. Select the
"Attributes"
tab.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
5. Select the name of the desired X-ray component in the down menu ("XG3D" in the example); then click the button.
"Name"
pull-
"Add component"
59
4 General operating procedures
4.3 Configuring the unit
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS or
➢ Select the text
"Add component"
component in the
under the desired X-ray
"Name"
pull-down menu.
The password dialog box appears.
6. Enter the service password [ → 148] and confirm your input by clicking
the
"OK"
button.
The
"Device configuration"
menu opens.
The element
"Boot service"
is selected automatically.
60
Boot service
IMPORTANT
Automatic addition and setup of the X-ray component via the boot service functions properly only if the unit is started with the default factory-set IP address.
If the IP address already has been changed, reset it to the factory setting
via service routine S037.2 [ → 239] or use the elements
the boot service".
"Automatic search"
or
"Add component manually"
(see section on "Alternatives to
✔
The element
"Boot service"
is selected in the structure tree.
1. Switch the unit on.
The unit is detected in the network and the values for the IP address, subnet mask and standard gateway are automatically imported to the input fields of the menu.
IMPORTANT
If the unit is not automatically detected in the network, it is possible to
manually assign a static IP address via service routine S037.4 [ → 243].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4 General operating procedures
4.3 Configuring the unit
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
IMPORTANT
Each unit must be assigned a unique IP address in the network.
2. If you want to, you can enter an individual IP address in the
"IP address"
input field and then click into one of the other input fields with the cursor.
Default values suitable for the IP address are automatically entered in the fields.
"Subnet mask"
and
"Standard Gateway"
input
3. You can either overwrite the default values in the input fields or leave them unchanged, depending on the network involved.
4. Select the desired RCU in the menu.
"Sirona Control Server"
pull-down
5. Confirm the settings you have made by clicking the button.
"Save values"
The settings are saved.
The
"Device configuration"
successfully completed.
dialog window appears and informs you that the configuration of the X-ray component has been
6. Confirm this dialog by clicking the
"OK"
button.
7. Close the
"Device configuration"
menu by clicking the
"Quit"
button.
The new X-ray component appears in the device list of the menu
"Configuration of the X-ray component"
.
61
4 General operating procedures
4.3 Configuring the unit
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Automatic search
Alternatives to the boot service
As an alternative to adding new X-ray components via the boot service, you also can add them via the
"Automatic search"
or the
"Add component manually"
function.
62
1. Select the
"Automatic search"
element.
The network is searched for existing X-ray components. All X-ray components found appear in the menu list.
2. Select the desired X-ray component from the list.
The values for the IP address, subnet mask and standard gateway are automatically imported to the input fields of the menu.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4 General operating procedures
4.3 Configuring the unit
3. Select the desired RCU in the menu.
"Sirona Control Server"
pull-down
4. Confirm the settings you have made by clicking the button.
"Save values"
The settings are saved.
The
"Device configuration"
successfully completed.
dialog window appears and informs you that the configuration of the X-ray component has been
5. Confirm this dialog by clicking the
"OK"
button.
6. Close the
"Device configuration"
menu by clicking the
"Quit"
button.
The new X-ray component appears in the device list of the menu
"Configuration of the X-ray component"
.
Adding the component manually
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
1. Select the
"Add component manually"
element.
2. Enter the values in the menu input fields manually.
3. Select the desired RCU in the menu.
"Sirona Control Server"
pull-down
4. Confirm the settings you have made by clicking the button.
"Save values"
The settings are saved.
The
"Device configuration"
dialog window appears and informs you that the configuration of the X-ray component has been successfully completed.
5. Confirm this dialog by clicking the
"OK"
button.
6. Close the
"Device configuration"
menu by clicking the
"Quit"
button.
The new X-ray component appears in the device list of the menu
"Configuration of the X-ray component"
.
63
4 General operating procedures
4.3 Configuring the unit
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4.3.1.1.2
Approval of the X-ray component
Approval of the X-ray component
✔
The X-ray component must have been selected [ → 59] via the
"Device configuration"
menu.
➢ Click on the check box in front of the X-ray component that you would like to enable and accept the setting by clicking on the
"Apply"
button.
The X-ray component is enabled.
Checking enablement
64
➢ To check the communication with the unit, click the button.
"Device info"
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4 General operating procedures
4.3 Configuring the unit
If the unit is communicating, a logfile with information on the unit configuration appears.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
65
4 General operating procedures
4.3 Configuring the unit
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4.3.2
Configuring FaceScan
Configuring FaceScan
FACESCAN is generally configured via the integrated web dialog on the
There are however two basic options for configuring the FaceScan unit:
● Type 1: Configuration using the Facescan USB stick [ → 66]
● Type 2: Configuration over a network cable (peer-to-peer) [ → 68]
4.3.2.1
Type 1: Configuration using the Facescan USB stick
Type 1: Configuration using the Facescan USB stick
Starting the configuration
1. Insert the FaceScan USB stick into a PC.
2. Important! Check the entry "USB_STICK_MODE". The value must be set to "CONFIG".
3. Using a text editor program, edit the configuration file
"facescan_settings.cfg" on the FaceScan USB stick and save this
(see section "Syntax of the configuration file
"facescan_settings.cfg" [ → 68]“).
4. NOTICE! Improper removal of the USB stick can lead to loss of data on the USB stick.
Remove the USB stick using the "safely remove" function (operating system) of the PC.
5. Switch GALILEOS on.
6. Wait until the green LED of the FaceScan status display lights up.
The FaceScan is now ready for operation.
NOTICE
Always switch the device on before inserting the USB stick!
Before the FaceScan USB stick can be inserted into the USB socket of the FACESCAN modular board, GALILEOS must be switched on.
Otherwise, the FaceScan configuration data will be reset to the factory settings.
7. Insert the FaceScan USB stick into the USB port of the FACESCAN board.
The FaceScan will be configured.
Both LEDs of the status display light up.
8. Wait until the light on both the LEDs of the status display goes out
(process lasts some 10 secs).
66
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4 General operating procedures
4.3 Configuring the unit
NOTICE
Faults during configuration
If there has been an error during configuration, only the blue LED of the status display goes out.
Starting the device again is not necessary here.
➢ In the event of an error, check the log file "facescan_settings.log" on the USB stick.
➢ Make sure to read section Syntax of the configuration file
"facescan_settings.cfg" [ → 68]“.
➢ Repeat the configuration process.
9. IMPORTANT! Remove the FaceScan USB stick from the USB socket.
10. Perform a restart of the device.
The FaceScan configuration is complete.
Checking the configuration
1. Insert the FaceScan USB stick into a PC.
2. With a text editor program, open the log file "facescan_settings.log".
3. Check the entries in the log file.
If the configuration has been successful, the log file should state:
"Network configuration successful!"
4. Remove the USB stick from the PC.
Closing the FACESCAN USB slot
Closing FaceScan
1. Pull cable L78(L74) from the X2 socket of the FACESCAN modular board.
2. Screw the protective plate (T) onto the FaceScan unit.
3. Plug cable L78(L74) into the X2 socket on the FACESCAN modular board.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
67
4 General operating procedures
4.3 Configuring the unit
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4. Screw down the cover (A) onto the FaceScan.
68
4.3.2.1.1
Syntax of the configuration file "facescan_settings.cfg"
Syntax of the configuration file "facescan_settings.cfg"
IMPORTANT
Pay attention to the syntax!
Text entries should never have a space before and after "=".
Examples:
Correct: USB_STICK_MODE=CONFIG
Incorrect: USB_STICK_MODE= CONFIG
Configuration without DHCP
Text entry (factory setting):
IMPORTANT
Changes to network addresses.
➢ Adjust the entries required.
"IP"
(IP address) and
"Netmask"
(subnet mask) as
Configuration with DHCP
Text entry:
4.3.2.2
Type 2: Configuration over a network cable (peer-to-peer)
Type 2: Configuration over a network cable (peer-to-peer)
Connecting the Facescan unit to a PC
✔
A PC with an installed web browser must be available.
✔
The factory setting of the IP address of the Facescan is
192.168.16.240.
✔
The PC employed must be in the 192.168.16.xx network; otherwise, no network connection can be achieved.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4 General operating procedures
4.3 Configuring the unit
➢ Using a network cable, connect the PC directly to the GALILEOS media converter with installed Facescan.
Opening the web dialog / general types 1
Opening the web dialog
1. Switch GALILEOS on.
2. Open up a web browser on the PC.
3. Enter the Facescan IP address into the web browser
(http://<IP-Adresse>).
A password dialog box opens.
4. In the field
"User"
enter
"service"
.
5. In the field
"Password"
enter
"sirona"
.
The
"Facescan Device Service "
web dialog opens.
Selecting the configuration dialog
Selecting the configuration dialog
➢ In the menu bar, select the menu item
"CONFIGURATION"
.
The
"Facescan Configuration"
window opens.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
4.3.2.3
Starting the configuration
1.
When selecting with DHCP:
Set the
"DHCP State"
field to
"On"
.
or
➢
When selecting without DHCP:
Set the
"DHCP State"
field to
"Off"
.
2. In the
"IP Adresse"
192.168.16.240).
field, enter the desired IP address (factory setting:
3. In the
"Netmask"
255.255.255.0).
field, enter the desired subnet mask (factory setting:
Completion / Configuration
Completing the configuration
➢ Confirm the configuration with the
"Configure Network"
button.
The Facescan restarts with the modified settings.
Resetting the FaceScan configuration to factory default settings
Resetting the FaceScan configuration to factory default settings
Opening the web dialog
1. In SIDEXIS Manager, start the
"Facescan Configuration"
application.
2. Click on the
"Facescanner in browser"
button.
A password dialog box opens.
3. In the field
"User"
enter
"service"
.
4. In the field
"Password"
enter
"sirona"
.
The
"Facescan Device Service "
web dialog opens.
69
4 General operating procedures
4.4 Reading unit data
Selecting the service dialog
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Selecting the service dialog
➢ In the menu bar, select the menu item
"SERVICE"
.
The
"Facescan Service Functions"
window opens.
Reset
1. Press the
"Settings Reset"
button.
A reset dialog opens.
NOTICE
Complete loss of user data
When the unit is reset to factory settings, all user data is overwritten, including white balance and calibration data.
The network settings are, however, retained.
2. Press the
"Settings Reset"
button.
The configuration is reset to the factory settings.
4.4
Reading unit data
Reading unit data
4.4.1
Reading the unit data of the GALILEOS via "Extended
Details"
1. Start the
"SIDEXIS Manager"
under "Start"/"Programs"/"SIDEXIS"/
"SIDEXIS XG"
.
2. Click on
"Configuration of the X-ray components"
.
The
"Configuration of the X-ray components"
menu opens.
70
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4 General operating procedures
4.4 Reading unit data
3. Select the
"Attributes"
tab.
4. Click the
"Details..."
button.
The current parameters are read from the unit and filed in an XML file under the network name of the unit in the PDATA/.../
P2K_Config folder. The process can take up to 30 seconds. After the parameters are read, an editor displaying the data is opened automatically.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
71
4 General operating procedures
4.4 Reading unit data
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
72
4.4.2
Reading FaceScan unit data over the network
Reading FaceScan unit data over the network
Opening the web dialog
1. In SIDEXIS Manager, start the
"Facescan Configuration"
application.
2. Click on the
"Facescanner in browser"
button.
A password dialog box opens.
3. In the field
"User"
enter
"service"
.
4. In the field
"Password"
enter
"sirona"
.
The
"Facescan Device Service "
web dialog opens.
Selecting the service dialog
Selecting the service dialog
➢ In the menu bar, select the menu item
"SERVICE"
.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4 General operating procedures
4.5 Using demo mode – operation without radiation release
The
"Facescan Service Functions"
window opens.
Reading unit settings
1. Press the
"Get Device State"
button.
A dialog box to read the unit settings opens.
2. Press the
"Press Here to Download"
button.
3. Save the archived unit settings to the hard disk.
4.5
Using demo mode – operation without radiation release
For demo use, the "X-ray detector dummy for GALILEOS" (Order No. 61
19 007) should be used instead of the actual X-ray detector. For further information, please refer to the instructions included with the dummy.
If the volume tomograph is to be presented as a demo unit at trade fairs or exhibitions, it must be ensured that radiation release is blocked.
4.5.1
Switching on demo mode
Switching on demo mode
When operated in demo mode, the unit must not release any radiation.
For this reason, you must take the following safety measures:
DANGER
Perilous shock hazard!
It is essential to switch off the unit and to wait at least another 4 minutes before taking off the covers of the X-ray tube assembly.
2. Remove the "Rear tube assembly" cover [ → 36].
3. Remove the cover plate of board DX6 [ → 268].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
73
4 General operating procedures
4.5 Using demo mode – operation without radiation release
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4. Set dip switch S2 (DX6) to position 2.
IMPORTANT: If switch S2 is not set to position 2 in demo mode before switching off the unit, various error messages will display when the unit is turned back on.
5. Pull cable L5 (XRAY) off connector J6/J103 (DX6).
Radiation release is now no longer possible.
74
6.
Only possible with the Easypad:
Switch on the unit and check the mode on the info screen.
Demo mode: ON means that: Demo mode is switched on (radiation release is not possible)
Demo mode: OFF means that: Demo mode is switched off
(radiography, X-ray radiation are possible!)
7. Switch the unit off again and reattach the cover plate and the tube assembly cover by following the dismantling procedure in reverse order.
4.5.2
Switching off demo mode
1. Switch off the unit.
DANGER
Perilous shock hazard!
It is essential to switch off the unit and to wait at least another 4 minutes before taking off the covers of the X-ray tube assembly.
2. Remove the "Rear tube assembly" cover [ → 36].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4 General operating procedures
4.5 Using demo mode – operation without radiation release
3. Remove the cover plate of board DX6 [ → 268].
4. Set the dip switch S2 (DX6) to position 1.
5. Connect cable L5 (XRAY) to connector J6/J103 (DX6).
Radiation release is now once again possible.
6.
Only possible with the Easypad:
Switch on the unit and check the mode on the info screen.
Demo mode: ON means that: Demo mode is switched on (radiation release is not possible)
Demo mode: OFF means that: Demo mode is switched off
(radiography, X-ray radiation are possible!)
7. Switch the unit off again and reattach the cover plate and the tube assembly cover by following the dismantling procedure in reverse order.
4.5.3
Important information for repacking and transport
Important information for repacking and transport
IMPORTANT
If a used carton on which one of the shockwatch or tiltwatch indicators has already been tripped is used to package the unit, please make an entry to that effect on the delivery note.
IMPORTANT
The bottom edge of the slide cover must be at the same height as the markings A in the column.
DANGER
Shock hazard!
Be sure to switch off the line power supply before connecting the line voltage!
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
75
4 General operating procedures
4.5 Using demo mode – operation without radiation release
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
76
1. Switch the unit on and move it to its packing height by actuating the up/down keys on the control panel.
Bite block height = 965 mm (displayed as height on the control panel)
Bottom edge of slide cover = 702 mm
2. Pack the panoramic X-ray unit
(Packing condition (see section "Delivery").
Attaching the transport safety device
➢ Install the transport safety device by following the same procedure as
Dismantling in reverse order.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Help code
H3 01
H3 20
H3 21
5 Messages
5.1 Help messages
"Close the door"
5
Messages
Messages
The different message texts are displayed ...
Message texts for GALILEOS, new
● GALILEOS Comfort/GALILEOS Comfort PLUS:
On the Easypad touchscreen
● GALILEOS Compact: on the Multipad display
● On the display of the remote control
There are 3 groups of message texts:
Help messages (Hx xx):
● Help messages are caused by operator errors.
● The user must take action.
Error messages (Ex yyxx):
● Error messages indicate unit faults.
● The user must take action to eliminate the fault(s).
System messages (Sxxx):
● System messages inform the user about the current operating status of the unit.
● The user does not have to take any action.
If error messages are displayed on the control panel that are not listed in this section (such as message 1311), these messages come from the
Windows system. In such cases, you must check whether the firmware you are using is compatible with the SIDEXIS XG version and run a
software update [ → 47] if necessary.
5.1
Help messages
The help messages are displayed as help codes (Hx xx) on the Easypad touchscreen or on the Multipad display as well as on the display of the remote control (if present). The codes tell you how to operate the system if radiation release is not possible due to a previous operator error.
The following list provides you with an overview of all help codes, their meaning and the action required to eliminate the corresponding problems.
IMPORTANT: The measures listed only clear help messages that result from operator errors. If it is not possible to clear a message by taking the
Description
"R button, move into starting position"
"R button, confirm exposure data"
Actions required
● Press the R key.
● Panoramic unit moves to starting position.
● Press the R key.
● Exposure data are confirmed.
● Close the door or check door contact.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
77
5 Messages
5.2 System messages
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Help code
H3 23
H3 24
H4 03
H4 07
H4 08
H4 20
Description Actions required
"Swivel pendant into end position"
● Move the swivel arm to its end position
(completely open or completely closed).
The X-ray detector preparation is in progress. ● Wait until the X-ray detector is ready. This can take up to 10 minutes.
"Switch SIDEXIS to ready for exposure state"
● Make SIDEXIS XG ready for exposure.
"SIDEXIS 3D Vorauswahl korrigieren"
Correct SIDEXIS XG 3D preselection.
"SIDEXIS 3D Aufnahme wählen"
"Get existing exposure"
Correct SIDEXIS XG 3D preselection.
IMPORTANT: Do not switch the system off until the help message has disappeared.
● Get exposure with "Sirona Control Admin"
(see SIDEXIS XG
59 62 134).
"Operator’s Manual"
(REF
5.2
System messages
For the GALILEOS Compact, system codes are only displayed on the
Multipad and the remote control. For the GALILEOS Comfort/GALILEOS
Comfort
PLUS text form.
, the system messages are shown on the Easypad in plain
S100
GALILEOS system message table System code Description
"System is starting"
S110
"Exposure not possible"
S150
Actions required
● Wait, no action required.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure
"Sensor is prepaired (XX seconds)"
● Wait, no action required.
The message will be deleted automatically (this may take up to 10 minutes).
Status displays
Easypad
"Ready for exposure"
"X RAY"
"X RAY Active!"
"Please wait"
"Ready for exposure in XXs"
5.3
Status messages and displays
Status messages and displays
On the control panel
Status displays: GALILEOS
Description
Multipad no special display; kV level and mAs are displayed
LED lights up on Multipad.
Progress bar
XXs
System is ready for exposure.
Exposure in progress.
Unit waiting for operational readiness.
The cooling time countdown is running.
78
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5 Messages
5.4 Error messages
On the FaceScan
FACESCAN operating conditions
LED Blue (A)
Off
Off
Flashing
On
On or off
On
Alternating with green LED at one-second intervals.
LED Green (B) Meaning
Off ● FaceScan components are switched off
On
Off
Off
Flashing
On
● FaceScan components have shut themselves down.
● A firmware update using the
FaceScan USB stick has been completed
● Standby
● Receptivity
● Device ready for data transfer
● Exposure
● Data transfer
● Boot process
Alternating with blue LED at onesecond intervals.
● White balance
● Network configuration
● Firmware update
● Reset to factory settings
● Data upload during web update
5.4
Error messages
The error messages are displayed as error codes (Ex yy zz) on the
Easypad touchscreen (GALILEOS Comfort/GALILEOS Comfort control display (if there is one).
PLUS
) or on the Multipad display (GALILEOS Compact) as well as on the remote
The codes provide you with error type, error location and troubleshooting information.
5.4.1
Error code: Ex yy zz
Error code: Ex yy zz
The error messages are encoded according to the following pattern:
Ex yy zz
Error type
Location
Consecutive number
“Troubleshooting” classification for the user
Module, subsystem or logical function unit
Identification of error
5.4.2
Ex - Error type
Ex - Error type
Identifier x is intended to help you reach a decision quickly on how to proceed with the corresponding error.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
79
5 Messages
5.4 Error messages
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS x
1
2
3
4
5
Description
System warning
System message
Errors caused by system overload
The system detects that a key was pressed during power-on.
Malfunction or mechanical obstruction of unit movements
Malfunction during the exposure or during exposure preparation.
Error group
This error group includes all errors that indicate still acceptable tolerance variations, or messages about states which do not directly affect system operation.
Actions required
● Acknowledge the error message.
If the error occurs again ...
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure
If the error occurs again ...
This error group includes states that indicate temporary overtemperatures or similar, for example. The cause of the error disappears automatically after a certain waiting time.
● Run an error diagnosis [ → 82].
● Acknowledge the error message.
● Repeat the procedure step after a certain waiting time.
If the error occurs again ...
● Extend the waiting time.
If the error occurs again ...
This error group includes all errors that indicate invalid signal states of keys and safety signals during power-on.
● Run an error diagnosis [ → 82].
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure
If the error occurs again...
This error group includes all errors that indicate problems with the motor-controlled movements on the outside of the unit.
● Run an error diagnosis [ → 82].
● Acknowledge the error message and make sure that the movements of the unit are not obstructed.
● Repeat the last procedure step or exposure.
If the error occurs again ...
● Run an error diagnosis [ → 82].
● Acknowledge the error message. This error group includes all errors resulting from a certain system action triggered by the user which could not be performed because a required (internal) partial function
(software or hardware) is not ready or fails.
● Repeat the last procedure step or exposure.
If the error occurs again ...
● Run an error diagnosis [ → 82].
80
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5 Messages
5.4 Error messages x
6
7
12
13
14
15
42
89
71
10
11 yy
06
07
Description
Error during system self-test.
Unrecoverable system error.
Error group
This error group includes all errors which may occur spontaneously and without any related operator action. They may be caused by system self-tests.
This error group includes all errors which may occur spontaneously and without any related operator action. They may be caused by system self-tests. In this case it is absolutely certain that continued system operation is not possible.
Actions required
● Acknowledge the error message.
● Run an error diagnosis [ → 82].
Further operation of the unit is possible.
● Run an error diagnosis [ → 82].
5.4.3
yy - Location
yy - Location
Identifier yy defines the location or logical function unit where the error has occurred.
yy GALILEOS, new
Location/Function unit
Tube assembly
Easypad user interface (GALILEOS Comfort/GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
)
Multipad user interface (GALILEOS Compact)
System hardware
System software
CAN bus
Stand peripherals
Digital extension
Configuration/update (wrong software, wrong module constellation, etc...)
Remote control
X-ray detector
Board
DX6
DX7
DX71
DX11/DX1
DX11/DX1
DX11/DX1
DX11/DX1
DX11/DX1
DX11/DX1
DX42
DX89
The location may be a DX module number standing for an entire HW function unit, or a logical SW function unit on board DX11 (central control).
5.4.4
General handling of error messages
General handling of error messages
Error messages must always be acknowledged with the R key.
If trouble-free operation is possible after the error is acknowledged, then no further action is necessary.
If error messages occur again or frequently, or if fault-free operation is not possible, run an error diagnosis (see chapter entitled
"Troubleshooting [ → 119]"). In some cases it can be advisable to obtain
more information about the history or frequency of the errors from the error logging memory (S007) and from
"SiXABCon" details..."
(see chapter entitled "Opening Extended Details); see also
chapter entitled "Error logging memory [ → 119]".
/
"Properties"
/
"More
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
81
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Error code
E6 06 01
Error code
E6 06 02
Error code
E6 06 03
Error code
E6 06 04
Error code
E6 06 05
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5.5
List of error messages
List of error messages
In the following table, the error codes are sorted by the location or function unit where the error has occurred. For enhanced clarity, the corresponding ID in the error code is printed in bold type.
5.5.1
Location 06: Tube assembly/DX6
Location 06: Tube assembly/DX6
Description
General error during module initialization
Actions required
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace the tube assembly.
see
E6 06 02 GALILEOS
Description
Invalid system data or uninitialized module storage data
Actions required
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
E6 06 03 Description
Invalid commanding of control data,
CAN bus error
This error may also occur in connection with other causal error messages! Please also observe the causal error message! It appears only after you acknowledge the first error message.
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
E6 06 04
Description
Data transfer error or dialog error to module (master side)
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
E6 06 05
Description
Data transfer error or dialog error to bootloader of module
Only occurs in connection with software update.
Actions required
● Repeat the software update.
● Check the CAN bus.
If the error occurs repeatedly or the module is no longer addressable ...
● Replace the tube assembly.
see
82
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Error code
E6 06 06
Error code
E6 06 07
Error code
E6 06 08
E6 06 06 Description
Module failed in TTP (detected on master side)
This error may also occur in connection with other causal error messages! Please also observe the causal error message! It appears only after you acknowledge the first error message.
TTP = Time Trigger Protocol
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
E6 06 07
Description
TTP timeout error (detected on slave side).
The module was temporarily not addressed by the master:
● Undervoltage on the master side
● Procedure error in the software
● Master (DX11) receives no return commanding from the module
This error may also occur in connection with other causal error messages! Please also observe the causal error message! It appears only after you acknowledge the first error message.
TTP = Time Trigger Protocol
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Check power supply of board DX11; measuring point 3.3 V on board DX1
(see wiring diagrams)
If 3.3 V present ...
● Check tube assembly (DX6), replace if necessary.
see
● Replace board DX11.
If 3.3 V is not present ...
● Replace board DX1.
● Check cable L6, replace if necessary. S. [ → 133]
E6 06 08
Description
General fault detected locally on module (slave side). CAN controller being reinitialized.
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Check software versions on the info screen or by running service routine
S008.2, perform software update if necessary.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
● Replace the tube assembly.
see
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
83
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E7 06 10
Error code
E7 06 12
Error code
E6 06 13
Error code
E2 06 20
Error code
E6 06 21
Error code
E6 06 22
E7 06 10 Description Actions required see
Module is stuck in bootloader stage. ● Check board DX6 (note LED states).
If the board remains in the bootloader stage ...
● Repeat the software update.
● Replace the tube assembly.
E7 06 12
Description
Unit is not ready for operation
This error may also occur in connection with other causal error messages! Please also observe the causal error message! It appears only after you acknowledge the first error message.
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
If this error occurs in combination with other errors ...
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error messages.
● Replace the tube assembly.
see
Description
Error when writing to
EEPROM.
Stored data may be lost.
E6 06 13
Actions required
● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace the tube assembly.
see
Description
Overtemperature of single tank/ power pack
E2 06 20
E6 06 22
Description
Broken temperature sensor
Actions required
● Wait until the X-ray tube assembly has cooled down.
● Check fan function by running service routine S005.4; replace fan if necessary.
● Check temperature sensor in single tank by running service routine S005.5, replace tube assembly if necessary.
see
E6 06 21
Description
Hardware signal of release button not detected.
Actions required
● Check cable L5 (optical fiber), replace if necessary.
● Replace board DX1.
● Replace the tube assembly.
see
Actions required
● Replace the tube assembly.
see
84
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Error code
E3 06 23
Error code
E5 06 30
Error code
E5 06 31
Error code
E5 06 32
E3 06 23 Description
Hardware signal of release button applied during power-on.
Actions required
● Check cable L5:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Pull cable L5 off tube assembly.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Perform optical check of L5:
If light is visible ...
● Replace board DX1.
If no light is visible ...
● Replace the tube assembly.
E5 06 30 Description
Total radiation time exceeded.
see
Actions required
If a CAN bus error had been reported before ...
● Check the CAN bus.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
E5 06 31
Description
Partial radiation time exceeded
Actions required
If a CAN bus error had been reported before...
● Check the CAN bus.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
E5 06 32
Description
Minimum preheating time not observed.
Actions required
If a CAN bus error had been reported before...
● Check the CAN bus.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
Error code
E1 06 40
E1 06 40 GALILEOS
Description
Tolerance exceeded
VH nom.
Error code
E1 06 41
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
E1 06 41 GALILEOS
Description
Tolerance exceeded kV nom.
Actions required
● Replace the tube assembly.
Actions required
● Replace the tube assembly.
see
see
85
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E1 06 42
Error code
E1 06 43
Error code
E1 06 44
Error code
E1 06 45
Error code
E6 06 51
Error code
E6 06 52
Error code
E6 06 53
Error code
E6 06 54
Error code
E6 06 55
Error code
E6 06 56
Description
Tolerance exceeded mA nom.
Description
Tolerance exceeded
VH actual value
E1 06 42 GALILEOS
E1 06 43 GALILEOS
E1 06 44 GALILEOS Description
Tolerance exceeded kV actual value
E1 06 45 GALILEOS Description
Tolerance exceeded mA actual value
E6 06 51 GALILEOS
Description
VHmax
E6 06 52 GALILEOS
Description
MAmax
Description
KVmax
E6 06 53 GALILEOS
E6 06 54
Description
Basic heating pulses not applied.
Description
Anode voltage too low.
E6 06 55
E6 06 56
Description
Error during auto-compensation.
Actions required
● Replace the tube assembly.
Actions required
● Replace the tube assembly.
Actions required
● Replace the tube assembly.
Actions required
● Replace the tube assembly.
Actions required
● Replace the tube assembly.
Actions required
● Replace the tube assembly.
Actions required
● Replace the tube assembly.
see
see
see
see
see
see
see
Actions required
● Replace the tube assembly.
Actions required
● Replace the tube assembly.
see
see
Actions required
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
● Let the tube assembly cool down for approx. 30 mins and repeat this procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace the tube assembly.
see
86
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Error code
E6 06 60
Error code
E6 06 65
Error code
E6 06 66
Error code
E6 06 67
Error code
E6 06 68
Error code
E6 07 01
E6 06 60 Description
TDI signal from board DX11 to board DX6 is disturbed.
TDI = Signal to start synchronized readout sequence and to prepare the next exposure
Actions required
● Replace cable L15.
● Replace board DX1.
● Replace the tube assembly.
E6 06 65
Description
Tube current or tube voltage is too high in standby mode.
Actions required
● Replace the tube assembly.
see
see
Description
Impermissible tube type.
E6 06 66
Actions required
● Check tube type of tube assembly using extended detail query, replace tube assembly if necessary.
see
E6 06 67
Description
Light guide input TDI is active during switch-on.
TDI = Signal to start synchronized readout sequence and to prepare the next exposure
Actions required
● Check TDI signal:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Disconnect cable L15 at board DX11.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Perform visual check at socket J5:
● If light is visible: Replace board DX11.
● If no light is visible: Replace the tube assembly.
see
E6 06 68 GALILEOS Description
Tube assembly output after exposure does not match the expected value.
Actions required
● Replace the tube assembly.
see
5.5.2
Location 07: Easypad/DX7
Location 07: Easypad/DX7
Description
General error during module initialization
Actions required
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace user interface with electronics
(DX7).
see
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
87
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E6 07 02
Error code
E6 07 03
Error code
E6 07 04
Error code
E6 07 05
Error code
E6 07 06
E6 07 02 Description
Invalid system data or uninitialized module storage data
Actions required
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace user interface with electronics
(DX7).
see
E6 07 03
Description
Invalid commanding or control data.
This error may also occur in connection with other causal error messages! Please also observe the causal error message! It appears only after you acknowledge the first error message.
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
E6 07 04
Description
Data transfer error or dialog error to module (master side)
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
E6 07 05
Description
Data transfer error or dialog error to bootloader of module
Only occurs in connection with software update.
Actions required
● Repeat the software update.
● Check the CAN bus.
● Replace user interface with electronics
(DX7).
see
E6 07 06 Description
Module failed in TTP (detected on master side).
This error may also occur in connection with other causal error messages! Please also observe the causal error message! It appears only after you acknowledge the first error message.
TTP = Time Trigger Protocol
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
● Replace user interface with electronics
(DX7).
see
88
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Error code
E6 07 07
Error code
E6 07 08
Error code
E7 07 10
E6 07 07 Description
TTP timeout error (detected on slave side).
The module was temporarily not addressed by the master:
● Undervoltage on the master side
● Procedure error in the software
● Master (DX11) receives no return commanding from the module
This error may also occur in connection with other causal error messages! Please also observe the causal error message! It appears only after you acknowledge the first error message.
TTP = Time Trigger Protocol
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Check power supply of board DX11; measuring point 3.3 V on board DX1
(see wiring diagrams)
If 3.3 V is present ...
● Replace board DX11.
If 3.3 V is not present ...
● Replace board DX1.
see
E6 07 08
Description
General fault detected locally on module (slave side). CAN controller being reinitialized.
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Check software versions on the info screen or by running service routine
S008.2, perform software update if necessary.
● Replace user interface with electronics
(DX7).
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
E7 07 10
Description Actions required
Module is stuck in bootloader stage. ● Check user interface with electronics
(DX7) (note LED states).
If the board remains in the bootloader stage ...
● Repeat the software update.
● Replace user interface with electronics
(DX7).
see
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
89
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Error code
E7 07 12
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E6 07 20
Error code
E7 07 21
Error code
E3 07 30
E3 07 33
E3 07 34
E3 07 35
E3 07 36
E6 07 21
Description
No CAN bus connection. DX11 does not start.
Occurs in the start screen after power-on.
Actions required
● Start the detail query via SiXABCon.
If DX11 responds ...
● Check the signal path to DX7, repair or replace cables/connectors if necessary.
● Replace board DX1.
If DX11 does not respond ...
● Replace board DX11.
see
E3 07 30/33/34/35/36 GALILEOS
Description
Up/down keys pressed on poweron.
Light localizer key pressed during power-on.
T key pressed during power-on.
R key pressed during power-on.
Touchscreen pressed during poweron.
Actions required
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error messages.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace user interface with electronics
(DX7).
see
90
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Error code
E7 07 40
Error code
E7 10 01
Error code
E7 10 02
Error code
E1 10 03
Error code
E1 10 04
Error code
E1 10 05
Error code
E7 10 06
E6 07 40 Description
No valid language set found.
Actions required
Check selected language set by running service routine S017.5, correct if necessary.
Check whether selected language set is already installed, perform software update if necessary.
Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
5.5.3
Location 10: System hardware
Location 10: System hardware
Description
EEPROM cannot be written.
Actions required
● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace board DX11.
see
E7 10 02
Description
FPGA of DX1 is not addressable.
FPGA = Field Programmable Gate
Array
Actions required
● Replace board DX1.
see
E1 10 03
Description
The flash file system must be formatted.
Occurs after replacement of board
DX11.
Actions required
● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
The flash file system is formatted and error code E110 04 is displayed.
see
E1 10 04
Description
Flash file system formatting in progress.
Actions required
● Wait until the error code automatically disappears (approx. 2 - 3 mins).
see
Description
Flash file system is not ready for operation.
E1 10 05: GALILEOS
Actions required
● Execute service routine S009.4 and format flash file system.
The contents of the error memory are thus lost.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace board DX11.
see
E7 10 06 GALILEOS
Description
Incompatible DX1-FPGA
(programmable logic component) version for current operating mode.
Actions required
● Check the hardware version of DX1 for compatibility, replace board DX1 if necessary.
see
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
91
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E1 10 07
Error code
E5 10 09
Error code
E5 10 10
E1 10 07 GALILEOS Description
The unit is not ready for operation.
Following longer periods of disuse
(> 200 h), a preparation time of up to ten minutes is required for the sensor after the unit is switched on.
During this period, the message
"Sensor being prepared" or S150 is displayed. During this time the unit is not ready for operation. If exposure readiness is reached during this time, error message E1
10 07 appears.
Actions required
If this error is displayed after a longer period of disuse and the attainment of exposure readiness ...
● Acknowledge the error and wait until the
"Sensor being prepared" message goes out.
see
If this error is displayed without attainment of exposure readiness ...
● Check cable L13 between board DX11 and board DX89, replace if necessary.
● Check cable L28* between the camera head and board DX89 (in the X-ray detector), replace if necessary.
● Check cable L27 (in the X-ray detector), replace if necessary.
● Replace board DX89.
● Replace board DX1.
● Replace the X-ray detector.
● Replace board DX11.
* As of X-ray detector serial number 5000, cable L28 can no longer be replaced individually.
E5 10 09 GALILEOS
Description
The FaceScan system cannot be addressed.
Actions required
● Check the FaceScan configuration on the
PC using service routine S017.2.
● Check the cabling connected to the
FaceScan system (preferably between the
FaceScanner and POE module).
● Check POE module and replace if necessary.
see
S.,
E5 10 10 GALILEOS
Description
The FaceScan system is not ready for exposure.
Actions required
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
If the error occurs repeatedly:
● Please report this event to the Customer
Service Center to help us improve the product.
see
92
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Error code
E1 10 20
E1 10 21
E1 10 22
Error code
E1 10 23
E1 10 24
E1 10 25
E1 10 26
Error code
E6 11 01
Error code
E6 11 02
E1 10 20/21/22 GALILEOS Description
Board DX11 does not have valid data about the X-ray detector.
Board DX11 does not have valid data about board DX89.
Actions required
● Perform service routine S009.7 (copy data from DX89 to board DX11).
● Perform service routine S009.7 (copy data from DX89 to board DX11).
● Perform service routine S009.7 (copy data from DX89 to board DX11).
● Calibrate the unit.
see
X-ray detector was replaced and must be registered in the system.
E1 10 23/24/25/26 GALILEOS
Description
Board DX89 does not have valid data via the X-ray detector.
The X-ray detector has been replaced. Board DX89 does not have valid data via the X-ray detector.
This error message should not occur in the application.
Board DX89 was replaced and must be registered in the system.
The X-ray detector has not been initialized. Board DX89 does not have valid data via the X-ray detector.
This error message should not occur in the application.
Actions required
● Perform service routine S009.7 (copy data from DX11 to board DX89).
● Replace the X-ray detector.
Please report this event to the Customer
Service Center to help us improve the product.
see
● Perform service routine S009.7 (copy data from DX11 to board DX89).
● Replace the X-ray detector.
Please report this event to the Customer
Service Center to help us improve the product.
5.5.4
Location 11: Power PC/Board DX11
Description
Program sequence error.
Location 11: Power PC/Board DX11
Actions required
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
If the error occurs again ...
● Reset the entire calibration of the unit and readjust the unit.
● Replace board DX11.
see
Description
Watchdog error
E6 11 02: GALILEOS Actions required
● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace board DX11.
see
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
93
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E6 11 03
Error code
E7 11 04
Error code
E6 11 05
Error code
E7 11 07
Error code
E7 11 08
Error code
E5 11 09
Error code
E7 11 11
Description E6 11 03: GALILEOS
Operating system/resource error.
Actions required
● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace board DX11.
see
Description
E7 11 04
Implausible data in EEPROM.
Actions required
● Check the unit configuration via service routines S017 and S018 and reconfigure if necessary.
● Check calibration with diaphragm test exposures.
If the calibration is not OK ...
see
S.
● Recalibrate the unit.
If the calibration is OK ...
● Make the individual unit settings again
(e.g. programming of the patient symbol keys; see Operating Instructions).
E6 11 05: GALILEOS
Description
RAM allocation failed.
Actions required
● Replace board DX11.
see
E7 11 07
Description
Unknown or invalid definition of unit class.
Occurs during first power-on after replacement of board DX6 or DX11.
Actions required
● Take the action required after replacing a board.
see
E7 11 08 GALILEOS Description
The installed control panel does not match the unit.
Actions required
● Install the appropriate user interface for the unit.
see
E5 11 09 Description
Internal error in program sequence of board DX11.
Actions required
● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Perform a software update (bug fix).
see
Description
Wrong unit configuration.
E7 11 11
Actions required
● Check the unit configuration by running service routine S017.2 and reconfigure if necessary.
see
S.
94
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Error code
E7 11 12
Error code
E7 11 14
Error code
E7 11 15
Error code
E1 11 19
E7 11 12 GALILEOS Description
Internal error in data management of board DX11.
Actions required
If the error occurs after a module has been replaced ...
● Query
"More details..."
with SiXABCon and seek advice from the Sirona
Customer Service Center on how to proceed.
If no module has been replaced ...
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure
● Check software versions on the info screen or by running service routine
S008.2, perform software update if necessary.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Perform a software update (bug fix).
see
E7 11 14
Description
Wrong remote control for this unit.
This error message blocks all unit functions. To continue to work with this unit, you must unplug the remote control and restart the unit.
Actions required
● Install the correct remote control.
● If necessary, obtain a new remote control from the manufacturer.
A remote control for another Sirona unit or a third-party manufacturer unit may have been connected.
see
E7 11 15 GALILEOS
Description
A diaphragm not suitable for the diaphragm configuration was detected by the unit.
Description
No image data available.
E1 11 19 GALILEOS
Actions required
● Run service routine S017.25 to modify the diaphragm configuration as appropriate for the installed diaphragm.
Actions required
● Check TDI signal (synchronized readout sequence)/cable L13, replace cable L13 if necessary.
● Replace board DX89.
● Replace board DX1.
see
S.
see
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
95
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E1 11 20
Error code
E2 11 22
Error code
E1 11 23
Error code
E7 11 24
Error code
E1 11 88
Error code
E6 12 01
Error code
E6 12 02
E1 11 20 GALILEOS Description
The calibration data on the unit is invalid or does not match the serial numbers of the modules.
Actions required
● Calibrate the unit.
If the error occurs again and no modules were replaced ...
see
● Replace board DX11.
If the error occurs again and modules were replaced ...
● This error is a sequential fault. watch for additional causal error messages and take the respective action.
E2 11 22 GALILEOS
Description
The default iris table is writeprotected.
Actions required
● Check the software versions of SIDEXIS
XG and the unit for compatibility, perform software update if necessary.
see
E1 11 23 GALILEOS
Description
No matching iris diaphragm setting is available for the current program parameters.
Actions required
● Check the software versions of SIDEXIS
XG and the unit for compatibility, perform software update if necessary.
see
E7 11 24 GALILEOS
Description
NOTICE! This message can only appear for the GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS.
The installed X-ray detector cannot be operated on this unit.
Actions required
● Check the serial number of the X-ray detector.
NOTICE! The serial number of the X-ray detector must be ≥ 6000 for the
GALILEOS Comfort PLUS.
● Replace the X-ray detector if necessary.
see
Description
The unit is in demo mode.
E1 11 88
Occurs when the unit is switched on.
Actions required
If user mode is expressly required ...
● Switch the demo mode off.
CAUTION! Radiation can be released after the demo mode is switched off!
5.5.5
Location 12: CAN bus
Location 12: CAN bus
Description
CAN controller initialization error on
DX1.
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
E6 12 02
Description
CAN malfunction (cannot be assigned to module).
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
see
see
see
96
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E4 13 04
Error code
E4 13 21
Error code
E4 13 22
Error code
E5 13 23
Error code
E4 13 24
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
5.5.6
Location 13: Stand/Peripherals
Location 13: Stand/Peripherals
Description Actions required
Actuator 1; position counter error.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check the swivel arm connection on board
DX1.
see
E4 13 21
Description
Ring motor has not reached home position.
Actions required
● Check the ring drive mechanism manually for smooth and easy running, replace the ring motor or mechanism if necessary.
● Check light barrier V1_3 (X804), replace if necessary.
● Replace board DX1.
see
E4 13 22 GALILEOS
Description
Ring motor has not left home position.
Actions required
● Check the ring drive mechanism manually for smooth and easy running, replace the ring motor or mechanism if necessary.
● Check light barrier V1_3 (X804), replace if necessary.
● Replace board DX1.
see
Description
Malfunction of ring motor during operation.
E5 13 23
Actions required
● Acknowledge error.
If the error occurs again ...
● Replace board DX1.
see
E4 13 24
Description Actions required
Ring motor; position counter error.
● Check the ring drive mechanism manually for smooth and easy running, replace the ring motor or mechanism if necessary.
● Check light barrier V1_3 (X804), replace if necessary.
● Replace board DX1.
see
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
97
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Error code
E6 13 27
Error code
E6 13 28
Error code
E4 13 29
Error code
E4 13 30
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
98
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E5 13 31
Error code
E5 13 32
Error code
E5 13 33
Error code
E5 13 34
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
99
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Error code
E5 13 35
Error code
E5 13 36
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E7 13 37
Error code
E6 13 38
Error code
E6 13 39
E7 13 37
Description
Overtravel of HA motor occurs or height adjustment power transistor defective.
Actions required
● Check height adjustment motor for overtravel, replace board DX1 if necessary.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
● Replace board DX1.
E6 13 38
Description
Height adjustment motor is not ready for operation.
Actions required
This error is a sequential fault.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error messages.
E6 13 39
Description
Error when activating height adjustment motor.
see
see
Actions required
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
● Replace board DX1.
see
100
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E3 13 40
Error code
E3 13 41
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Error code
E6 13 42
Error code
E5 13 43
Error code
E5 13 44
E6 13 42
Description
The hardware signal for radiation release is applied on board DX1 during unit operation although no actuated X-ray release button is being reported via the CAN bus.
Actions required
● Check the X-ray signal path.
E5 13 43 Description
The door was opened during the exposure.
Actions required
● Check the X-ray signal path.
E4 13 44 GALILEOS Description
Swivel arm was opened during the exposure.
Actions required
● Close swivel arm.
● Check light barrier V1_2, replace if necessary.
● Check cable L29, replace if necessary.
see
see
see
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
101
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E5 13 73
Error code
E5 13 83
Error code
E6 13 87
Error code
E5 14 01
102
E5 13 73 Description
Malfunction of height adjustment during operation.
Actions required
● Acknowledge error.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace board DX1.
see
E5 13 83
Description
Error while generating pulse for sensor.
Actions required
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace board DX1.
see
E6 13 87
Description
Error when activating pulse generation.
Actions required
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
5.5.7
Location 14: Digital extension, SIDEXIS XG
Location 14: Digital extension, SIDEXIS XG
Description
Abort by SIDEXIS XG.
Actions required
● Check network connection, XG3D plugin installation and software version.
see
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E7 14 02
Error code
E5 14 04
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Error code
E6 14 05
Error code
E6 14 06
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
103
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E6 14 07
Error code
E6 14 10
E6 14 12
Error code
E7 15 01
Error code
E7 15 03
Error code
E6 15 04
E6 14 07 GALILEOS Description
The IP address of the unit could not be set correctly.
Actions required
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Contact Sirona Customer Service Center.
see
E6 14 10/12 GALILEOS
Description
Clock signals for sensor image transfer not received on board DX1/
DX11 (...10).
Faulty detection of sensor image transfer data signals on board DX1/
DX11; recurring (...12).
Actions required
● Check cable L13 for crushed spots and kinks and check connectors, repair or replace if necessary.
see
● Check board DX89, replace if necessary. S. [ → 127],
5.5.8
Location 15: Configuration, update
Description
Wrong memory modules.
Location 15: Configuration, update
Actions required
If a DRAM memory module is plugged into board DX11 ...
● Replace memory module or DX11.
If no DRAM memory module is plugged into board DX11 ...
● Replace board DX11.
see
Description
Wrong software constellation of modules.
E7 15 03
Actions required
● Check the software versions of the unit (on the info screen or by running service routing S008.2), and run or repeat software update or downgrade if necessary.
see
E6 15 04
Description
Product activation keys invalid or not available.
Occurs after replacement of tube assembly (DX6) or board DX11 and possibly after software updates.
See also the section titled Measures following replacement of boards [ → 306].
Actions required
● Enter release key.
*) OI = Operating instructions see see OI*
104
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Error code
E6 15 05
Error code
E6 15 10
Error code
E6 42 01
Error code
E6 42 02
E6 15 05 Description
Unit serial number invalid or not available.
Occurs during first power-on after replacement of board DX6 or DX11.
See also the section titled Measures following replacement of boards [ → 306].
Actions required
● Run service routine S008.3 and confirm or enter the unit serial number on the unit.
see
E6 15 10
Description
Update file for module is corrupt.
Actions required
● Obtain latest update file from the Sirona
Customer Service Center (CSC) or the
Sirona home page and perform software update.
see
5.5.9
Location 42: Remote control
Location 42: Remote control
Description
General module initialization error.
Error generated during module selftest.
Actions required
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
● Replace board DX42.
see
E6 42 02
Description
Invalid system data or uninitialized module storage data
Actions required
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace board DX42.
see
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
105
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E6 42 03
Error code
E6 42 04
Error code
E6 42 05
Error code
E6 42 06
E6 42 03 Description
Invalid commanding or control data
This error may also occur in connection with other causal error messages! Please also observe the causal error message! It appears only after you acknowledge the first error message.
Actions required
● Run service routine S008.2 to check software version of DX42 (in relation to main software releases), perform software update if necessary.
see
● Check the CAN bus.
● Check the signal path from board DX1 to board DX42, replace module DX42 if necessary.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
E6 42 04
Description
Data transfer error or dialog error to module (master side)
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
E6 42 05
Description
Data transfer error or dialog error to bootloader of module
Only occurs in connection with a software update
Actions required
● Repeat the software update.
● Check the CAN bus.
● Replace board DX42.
see
E6 42 06
Description
Module failed in TTP (detected on master side).
TTP = Time Trigger Protocol
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Check the signal path from board DX1 to board DX42, replace module if necessary
● Replace board DX42.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
106
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Error code
E6 42 07
Error code
E6 42 08
Error code
E7 42 10
E6 42 07 Description
TTP timeout error (detected on slave side)
The module was temporarily not addressed by the master:
Undervoltage on the master side
Procedure error in the software
Master (DX11) receives no return commanding from the module
This error may also occur in connection with other causal error messages! Please also observe the causal error message! It appears only after you acknowledge the first error message.
TTP = Time Trigger Protocol
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Check power supply (3.3 V) of board
DX11, replace board DX1 or DX11 if necessary.
● Check the signal path from board DX1 to board DX42, replace module if necessary
● Replace board DX42.
see
E6 42 08
Description
General fault detected locally on module (slave side). CAN controller being reinitialized.
Occurs if software of boards is incompatible.
Actions required
● Check software versions on the info screen or by running service routine
S008.2, perform software update if necessary.
● Check the CAN bus.
● Replace board DX42.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
E7 42 10
Description Actions required
Module is stuck in bootloader stage. ● Check board DX42 (note LED states).
If the board remains in the bootloader stage ...
● Repeat the software update.
● Replace remote control, see Installation
Instructions.
see
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
107
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E7 42 12
Error code
E6 42 20
Description E7 42 12 GALILEOS, new
Unit is not ready for operation
Actions required
This error is a sequential fault.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit, making sure that the release button is not pressed during booting.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Repeat procedure and observe causal error messages.
● Check the signal path from board DX1 to board DX42, replace module if necessary see
E6 42 20 GALILEOS Description
Contact to DX11 interrupted during operation.
Actions required
● Check the signal path from board DX1 to board DX42, replace module if necessary
● Check connection of remote control, see
Installation Instructions.
● Check the CAN bus.
● Check cable L17, replace if necessary.
● Check board DX42, replace if necessary.
● Check board DX41, replace if necessary.
Tip: If the error cannot be eliminated immediately, the unit can be temporarily reconfigured and operated with a release button located directly on it (see Installation
Instructions).
see
108
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Error code
E7 42 21
Error code
E3 42 30
Error code
E3 42 31
Error code
E6 71 01
E7 42 21 GALILEOS Description
No CAN bus connection. DX11 does not start.
Occurs in the start screen after power-on.
Actions required
● Check configuration (with or without
DX41) by running service routine S017.9, correct the configuration if necessary.
● Check the signal path from board DX1 to board DX42, replace module if necessary
● Check the CAN bus.
● Check remote control by running service routine S017.6, configure if necessary.
● Start the detail query via SiXABCon.
If board DX11 responds ...
● Check the signal path to DX42, repair or replace cables/connectors if necessary.
● Replace DX1.
If DX11 does not respond ...
● If error persists: Replace board DX11.
see
S.,
E3 42 30 Description
R key pressed during power-on.
Actions required
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit, making sure that the remote control is not pressed during booting.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace remote control, see Installation
Instructions.
see
E3 42 31
Description
Release button pressed during power-on.
The hardware signal for radiation release is applied on board DX42 when the unit is switched on.
Actions required
● see section Error analysis of X-RAY control signal path [ → 135].
see
5.5.10
Location 71: Multipad, board DX71
Location 71: Multipad, board DX71
Description
General error during module initialization
Actions required
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace board DX71 or Multipad.
see
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
109
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E6 71 02
Error code
E6 71 03
Error code
E6 71 04
Error code
E6 71 05
Error code
E6 71 06
E6 71 02 Description
Invalid system data or uninitialized module storage data
Actions required
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace board DX71 or Multipad.
see
E6 71 03 Description
Invalid commanding or control data.
This error may also occur in connection with other causal error messages! Please also observe the causal error message! It appears only after you acknowledge the first error message.
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
E6 71 04
Description
Data transfer error or dialog error to module (master side)
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
E6 71 05 Description
Data transfer error or dialog error to bootloader of module
Only occurs in connection with software update.
Actions required
● Repeat the software update.
● Check the CAN bus.
● Replace board DX71 or Multipad.
see
E6 71 06
Description
Module failed in TTP (time trigger protocol) (detected on master side)
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Replace board DX71.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
110
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Error code
E6 71 07
Error code
E6 71 08
Error code
E7 71 10
Error code
E7 71 12
E6 71 07 Description
TTP (time trigger protocol) timeout error (detected on slave side)
The module was temporarily not addressed by the master:
Undervoltage on the master side
Procedure error in the software
Master (DX11) receives no return commanding from the module
This error may also occur in connection with other causal error messages! Please also observe the causal error message! It appears only after you acknowledge the first error message.
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Check power supply of board DX11; measuring point 3.3 V on board DX1 (see wiring diagrams).
If 3.3 V is present ...
● Replace board DX11.
If 3.3 V is not present ...
● Replace board DX1.
see
E6 71 08 Description
General fault detected locally on module (slave side). CAN controller being reinitialized.
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Check software versions on the info screen or by running service routine
S008.2, perform software update if necessary.
● Replace board DX71 or Multipad.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
E7 71 10
Description Actions required
Module is stuck in bootloader stage. ● Check board DX71.
If the board remains in the bootloader stage ...
● Repeat the software update.
● Replace board DX71 or Multipad.
see
E6 71 12
Description
Unit is not ready for operation see
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
This error is a sequential fault.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error messages.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
111
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E3 71 30
E3 71 33
E3 71 34
E3 71 35
E3 71 36
E3 71 37
E3 71 38
E3 71 39
E3 71 40
E3 71 41
Error code
E6 71 20
Error code
E7 71 21
E6 71 20 Description
Contact to DX11 interrupted during operation.
Actions required
● Note error message on remote control
(DX42) and check log memory (via extended details).
● Check the CAN bus.
● Check cable L9, replace if necessary.
see
E6 71 21
Description
No CAN bus connection. DX11 does not start.
Occurs in the start screen after power-on.
Actions required
● Start the detail query via SiXABCon.
If board DX11 responds ...
● Check the signal path to DX71, repair or replace cables/connectors if necessary.
● Replace board DX1.
If board DX11 does not respond ...
● Replace board DX11.
see
E3 71 30/33/34/35/36/37/38/39/40/41
Description
Up/down keys pressed on poweron.
Light localizer key pressed during power-on.
T key pressed during power-on.
R key pressed during power-on.
Service key actuated during poweron.
Memory key actuated during poweron.
Program selection key actuated during power-on.
Radiation time key actuated during power-on.
kV/mA key actuated during poweron.
Patient symbol pressed during power-on.
Actions required
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit ON, making sure that the
Multipad is not actuated during boot-up.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace board DX71 or Multipad.
see
112
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E6 89 01
Error code
E6 89 02
Error code
E6 89 03
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
5.5.11
Location 89: X-ray detector
Location 89: X-ray detector
Description
General error during module initialization
Actions required
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
● Check cable L27/L28*, replace if necessary.
● Check board DX89, replace if necessary.
● Check x-ray detector, replace if necessary.
see
* As of X-ray detector serial number 5000, cable L28 can no longer be replaced individually.
E6 89 02
Description
Invalid system data or uninitialized module storage data
Actions required
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check cable L27/L28*, replace if necessary.
● Check board DX89, replace if necessary.
● Check x-ray detector, replace if necessary.
see
* As of X-ray detector serial number 5000, cable L28 can no longer be replaced individually.
E6 89 03
Description
Invalid commanding or control data.
This error may also occur in connection with other causal error messages! Please also observe the causal error message! It appears only after you acknowledge the first error message.
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
113
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E6 89 04
Error code
E6 89 05
Error code
E6 89 06
Error code
E6 89 07
E6 89 04 Description
Data transfer error or dialog error to module (master side)
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
E6 89 05
Description
Data transfer error or dialog error to bootloader of module
Only occurs in connection with software update
Actions required
● Repeat the software update.
● Check the CAN bus.
● Check x-ray detector, replace if necessary.
see
E6 89 06
Description
Module failed in TTP (time trigger protocol) (detected on master side).
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Check x-ray detector, replace if necessary.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
E6 89 07
Description
TTP (time trigger protocol) timeout error (detected on slave side)
The module was temporarily not addressed by the master:
● Undervoltage on the master side
● Procedure error in the software
● Master (DX11) receives no return commanding from the module
This error may also occur in connection with other causal error messages! Please also observe the causal error message! It appears only after you acknowledge the first error message.
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Check cable L13, replace if necessary.
● Check power supply of board DX11; measuring point 3.3 V on board DX1 (see wiring diagrams).
If 3.3 V present...
● Replace board DX11.
If 3.3 V not present...
● Replace board DX1.
see
114
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Error code
E6 89 08
Error code
E7 89 10
Error code
E7 89 12
Error code
E5 89 13
Error code
E6 89 20
E6 89 08 Description
General fault detected locally on module (slave side). CAN controller being reinitialized.
Actions required
● Check the CAN bus.
● Check software versions on the info screen or by running service routine
S008.2, perform software update if necessary.
● Check board DX89, replace if necessary.
● Please contact the Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary.
see
E7 89 10
Description Actions required
Module is stuck in bootloader stage. ● Check operating status of board (note
LED states).
If the board remains in the bootloader stage ...
● Run software update.
● Check board DX89, replace if necessary.
see
Description
E7 89 12
Unit is not ready for operation
Actions required
This error is a sequential fault.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
If the error occurs repeatedly...
● Repeat procedure and observe causal error messages.
see
E5 89 13
Description
Error when writing to EEPROM
IMPORTANT: Stored data may be lost.
Actions required
● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
● Run software update.
If the error occurs again ...
● Check log memory (via extended details).
● Check x-ray detector, replace if necessary.
see
E6 89 20
Description
Faulty voltage supply of DX89.
Actions required
● Check cable L13, replace if necessary.
see
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
115
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E6 89 21
Error code
E5 89 22
Error code
E5 89 23
Error code
E7 89 25
Error code
E7 89 26
Error code
E7 89 27
Description
File system error.
E6 89 21 Actions required see
● Check board DX89, replace if necessary. S. [ → 127],
E5 89 22
Description
The power supply of the X-ray detector does not respond or is the wrong version.
Actions required see
● Check board DX89, replace if necessary. S. [ → 127],
● Check x-ray detector, replace if necessary.
E5 89 23
Description
Camera head in the X-ray detector does not respond or wrong version.
Actions required
● Check cable L27/L28*, replace if necessary.
see
● Check board DX89, replace if necessary. S. [ → 127],
● Check x-ray detector, replace if necessary.
Description
Image memory error.
* As of X-ray detector serial number 5000, cable L28 can no longer be replaced individually.
E7 89 25 Actions required
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
● Run software update.
● Check that the memory modules on board
DX89 are firmly fixed, replace board DX89 if necessary.
see
E7 89 26 Description Actions required
Total exposure time was exceeded. ● Check cable L13 (CAN bus), replace if necessary.
see
E7 89 27
Description
At least 10 image segments are defective.
Actions required
● Check cable L13 (CAN bus), replace if necessary.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check board DX89, replace if necessary.
● Replace the X-ray detector.
see
116
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Error code
E7 89 28
Error code
E7 89 29
Error code
E7 89 30
Error code
E6 89 32
E7 89 28 Description
FPGA (field programmable gate array) on board DX89 is defective or does not respond.
Actions required
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Run software update.
● Replace board DX89.
see
Description
Memory test error during system boot-up.
E7 89 29
Actions required
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check that the memory modules on board
DX89 are firmly fixed, replace board DX89 if necessary.
see
E7 89 30
Description
Flash memory component does not respond.
Actions required
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace board DX89.
see
E6 89 32
Description
TDI (Signal to start synchronized readout sequence and to prepare the next exposure) pulses not detected during the exposure.
Actions required
● Check cable L13, replace if necessary.
see
● Check board DX89, replace if necessary. S. [ → 127],
● Check board DX1, replace if necessary.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
117
5 Messages
5.5 List of error messages
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Error code
E6 89 33
Error code
E1 89 34
Error code
E2 89 35
Error code
E7 89 37
Error code
E2 89 38
Error code
E1 89 39
E6 89 33 Description
Board DX89 has detected an image signal at the wrong point of time.
Actions required
● Check cable L13, replace if necessary.
see
● Check board DX89, replace if necessary. S. [ → 127],
● Check board DX1, replace if necessary.
E1 89 34
Description Actions required
X-ray detector voltages inaccurate. ● Check cable L27 (DX89/power supply), replace cable if necessary.
● Check x-ray detector, replace if necessary.
see
E2 89 35
Description Actions required
Error in iris diaphragm positioning.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch unit on.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check x-ray detector, replace if necessary.
E7 89 37
Description
Video amplification outside tolerance.
Actions required see
see
● Check board DX89, replace if necessary. S. [ → 127],
E2 89 38
Description
Error in image signal during exposure.
Actions required
● Check cable L13, replace if necessary.
see
● Check board DX89, replace if necessary. S. [ → 127],
● Check board DX1, replace if necessary.
E1 89 39
Description
Error during X-ray detector preparation.
Actions required
● Repeat procedure
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check x-ray detector, replace if necessary.
see
118
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
6 Troubleshooting
6.1 Error logging memory
6
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
DANGER
Potentially lethal shock hazard!
It is essential to switch off the unit and wait at least 1 minute before removing a cover.
Switch OFF the X-ray unit before connecting a measuring instrument.
Perform continuity tests only on units which are switched off.
NOTICE
Risk of damage to unit
Select the correct current/voltage type and adjust the measuring range to match the expected readings.
Keep to the prescribed cool-off periods if several exposures have to be taken to check a measured value.
Please observe the usual precautionary measures for handling printed circuit boards (ESD). Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before touching any boards.
CAN bus cable: When unplugging CAN bus cables, it is essential to unplug the power supply as well.
6.1
Error logging memory
Error logging memory
The error logging memory is part of the extended details.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Data which might be expected to occur in the error logging memory is explained below to aid you in interpreting it.
119
6 Troubleshooting
6.1 Error logging memory
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
6.1.1
Example of error logging data
System time
Entry type
Example of error logging data
2006-03-06, 20:13:02
[Message]
[Message + val]
[Error]
[DeviceError]
[Error Sidexis]
[Stringname]
[Stringsegment]
[RTC Date / Time Change]
[PC Date / Time]
[Compression table]
Entry data [Message] Self-test: Successful
Recording started
System time (clock on DX11)
General system event
General system event with additional value
Error event
Data for error event on a module
Network error event
Free status texts
Additional data (string name)
Date and time of a SIDEXIS PC
Date and time of the DX11 set
Compression table
Self-test completed successfully
Start of a recording
Value: 9000
Recording stopped
Recording cancelled
Termination state
Sequence ID of the recording
End of an exposure
Exposure cancelation
Reason for ending exposure
Value: 0
Value: 1
Value: 2
Imagetransfer started
Imagetransfer stopped
Logbook started
Exposure completed
Exposure cancelation by user
Exposure cancelation due to internal error
Start of image data transfer
End of image data transfer
Corresponds to unit switch-on
Image state switched to Released Exposure has been delivered to
SIDEXIS XG and confirmed by SIDEXIS
XG.
Other entry data which document the occurrence of a rescue event include:
● Image state switched to Rescue
● Rescue request Sidexis Error
Entry data [Error]
● Rescue request Sidexis TrackEpilogue
● Rescue request Sidexis Timeout
These entry data may also occur after "Recording stopped" or "Cancel" and indicate an exceptional circumstance. You can supply important information for error diagnosis in coordination with the Sirona Customer Service Center.
E6 07 06
ERR_DX7_TTP_LOST
Error code
Clear text error display
120
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
6 Troubleshooting
6.2 Checking the CAN bus
Entry data [DeviceError] DEV_DX42
Byte 0-7:
0x10 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
0x00
SidErr: ERR_SOCKET_ERROR Entry data
[Error Sidexis]
SockErr:
Entry data [Stringname] Key Act
Key Ok
Entry data [Stringsegment] 7YFWDUFV-E4MMRJBW
Entry data
[RTC Date / Time Change]
Entry data
[PC Date / Time]
061-00133
Tried to change to:
YYYY-MM-DD, HH:MM:SS
YYYY-MM-DD, HH:MM:SS
Name of module to which the message refers
Detailed error bytes for an error occurrence
Detail of network error (for Sirona only)
Detail of network error (for Sirona only)
Activation transaction
Activation transaction e.g. activation or confirmation code (for activation transaction) e.g. counter (ID counter reading) e.g. Tried to change to:
2006-Nov-30, 11:32:13
2006-Nov-30, 11:32:13
6.2
Checking the CAN bus
NOTICE
Risk of damage to unit
The power supply MUST be plugged in and switched on when cables are attached and plugged in. For example, if no power cable is connected to the DX71, the module has no ground connection to the unit and there is no potential equalization. If the CAN cable is plugged in, the
CAN transceiver (IC on the DX71) can be destroyed by the voltage difference. In other words, when the unit is switched on, CAN cables may only be plugged in on modules that are connected to the power source and ground.
For troubleshooting, you can disconnect the CAN bus cable and/or plug it back in and observe the (unit's) behavior.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
121
6 Troubleshooting
6.2 Checking the CAN bus
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
122
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
6 Troubleshooting
6.2 Checking the CAN bus
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
123
6 Troubleshooting
6.2 Checking the CAN bus
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
124
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
6 Troubleshooting
6.2 Checking the CAN bus
6.2.1
Checking the CAN bus with the diagnostic function of board DX1
Checking the CAN bus with the diagnostic function of board DX1
Board DX1 features a diagnostic function for diagnosing malfunctions of the CAN bus via LEDs V700 and V701 (see wiring diagrams). The following table indicates the operating status of the CAN bus and the recommended error correction measures:
V700 V701 CAN bus operation
Slow flashing Slow flashing CAN bus OK
Fast flashing Off CAN error, no communication with board DX7, i.e. no display of error messages
Fast flashing Fast flashing CAN error, no physical communication with CAN bus possible; there is probably a short circuit in the CAN cable or on the board of a module.
Off
Off
Fast flashing
Off
CAN error, CAN bus TTP (time trigger protocol) disturbed by defective, constantly transmitting board (busheavy).
System did not power up (DX11)
Error correction
Not required
● Check cabling.
● Check CAN jumpers (Jumper positions in the CAN bus [ → 125])
● Disconnect CAN cables one after the other (set jumpers to inner position!) until the CAN bus functions again
(V700 and V701 flash slowly).
Replace faulty module.
● Disconnect CAN cables one after the other (set jumpers to inner position!) until the CAN bus functions again
(V700 and V701 flash slowly).
Replace faulty module.
Switch unit off and on again and wait until end of power-on time.
6.2.2
Jumper positions in the CAN bus
Jumper positions in the CAN bus
The jumpers are located on board DX1 at sockets X302, X303, X306,
X307, X309, X500, and X503 (see also wiring diagrams). If a cable is connected to the socket, the corresponding jumpers must be set to the outer position. If no cable is plugged in, the jumpers must be set to the inner position. If a jumper is set to the inner position without a cable plugged in, the CAN bus is interrupted at this location. Modules located behind this location can no longer be connected to the CAN bus and, therefore, do not function.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
125
6 Troubleshooting
6.2 Checking the CAN bus
Jumper outside
XXXX
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
If the jumpers are set to the outer position, the module is connected
(i.e. the connector is plugged in).
Jumper inside
XXXX
If the jumpers are set to the inner position, the module is
(i.e. the connector is
not
plugged in).
not
connected
126
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
6.3
Checking the boards
Checking the boards
6 Troubleshooting
6.3 Checking the boards
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
127
6 Troubleshooting
6.3 Checking the boards
DX6
DX7
DX71
DX32
DX42
DX89
Board
DX1
V101
V103
V107
V132
V133
V610
V200
V500
V100
V101
V102
V101
V103
V201
V202
V203
V204
V205
V207
LEDs
V100
V101
V108
V110
V200
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS lit lit lit lit lit flashing at 1 Hz lit lit flashing at 1 Hz lit lit lit lit lit lit lit lit lit flashing at 1 Hz
LEDs for GALILEOS, new
Important LEDs on the boards
(see also wiring diagrams) lit lit
Normal operation lit lit flashing at 1 Hz not lit not lit not lit not lit not lit not lit not lit not lit not lit not lit not lit not lit not lit not lit not lit not lit not lit
Malfunction not lit not lit not lit not lit lit or not lit not lit not lit
Bootloader flashing at 2 Hz flashing at 2 Hz flashing at 2 Hz flashing at 2 Hz
128
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
6.3.1
Checking board DX32
Checking board DX32
6 Troubleshooting
6.3 Checking the boards
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
129
6 Troubleshooting
6.3 Checking the boards
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
130
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
6.4
Checking the motors
Checking the motors
6 Troubleshooting
6.4 Checking the motors
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
131
6 Troubleshooting
6.5 Checking the light barriers
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
6.5
Checking the light barriers
Checking the light barriers
132
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
6 Troubleshooting
6.6 Device leakage current too high
6.6
Device leakage current too high
Device leakage current too high
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
6.7
Checking the cables
NOTICE
You can use a standard Cat5 cable as a test cable for L8 (up to unit serial number 3201), L10, L12, L40 and L37. This cable must not be permanently installed.
IMPORTANT: Most cables have the same plug at both ends and are connected 1:1.
133
6 Troubleshooting
6.7 Checking the cables
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
134
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
6 Troubleshooting
6.8 Error analysis of X-RAY control signal path
6.8
Error analysis of X-RAY control signal path
Error analysis of X-RAY control signal path
Error and help messages
with remote control installed
E3 42 31 + E3 13 40 occur in combination after the unit is switched on with the door contact closed:
E3 42 31 occurs once after the unit is switched on:
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
135
6 Troubleshooting
6.8 Error analysis of X-RAY control signal path
E6 13 43 occurs once during operation of the unit:
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
H321 is triggered at start of exposure:
136
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
6 Troubleshooting
6.8 Error analysis of X-RAY control signal path
E3 13 40 occurs after the unit is switched on:
Error messages
without installed remote control
Error code
E3 13 40
E6 13 41
E3 13 42
Error messages
with and without installed remote control
Description
Short circuit in signal path between board DX11 and release button A2 during power-on.
Release signal missing on board
DX11 at start of exposure.
Short circuit in signal path between board DX11 and release button A2 during operation of the unit.
Actions required
● Replace cable L117 or L108.
● Replace board DX1.
● Replace board DX11.
● Replace cable L117 or L108.
● Replace board DX1.
● Replace board DX11.
● Replace cable L117 or L108.
● Replace board DX1.
● Replace board DX11.
see
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
137
6 Troubleshooting
6.8 Error analysis of X-RAY control signal path
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
6.8.1
Error analysis of X-RAY control signal path: from unit serial number 3201 (without board DX41)
Error analysis of X-RAY control signal path: from unit serial number 3201 (without board DX41)
Error and help messages
with remote control installed
E3 42 31 + E3 13 40 occur in combination after the unit is switched on with the door contact closed:
E3 42 31 occurs once after the unit is switched on:
138
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
E6 13 43 occurs once during operation of the unit:
6 Troubleshooting
6.8 Error analysis of X-RAY control signal path
H321 is triggered at start of exposure:
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
139
6 Troubleshooting
6.8 Error analysis of X-RAY control signal path
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
E3 13 40 occurs after the unit is switched on:
Error messages
without installed remote control
Error code
E3 13 40
E6 13 41
E3 13 42
Error messages
with and without installed remote control
Description
Short circuit in signal path between board DX11 and release button A2 during power-on.
Release signal missing on board
DX11 at start of exposure.
Short circuit in signal path between board DX11 and release button A2 during operation of the unit.
Actions required
● Replace cable L117 or L108.
● Replace board DX1.
● Replace board DX11.
● Replace cable L117 or L108.
● Replace board DX1.
● Replace board DX11.
● Replace cable L117 or L108.
● Replace board DX1.
● Replace board DX11.
see
140
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
6 Troubleshooting
6.9 Fault diagnosis of the X-ray detector and on board DX89
6.9
Fault diagnosis of the X-ray detector and on board DX89
Fault diagnosis of the X-ray detector and on board DX89
NOTICE
Do not damage the image tube!
The image tube of the X-ray detector is sensitive to mechanical stress, and therefore must be handled with extreme care. Avoid bumps and jolts. Please consider this point during transport and installation.
For error messages in connection with board DX89, it is important to determine whether the fault concerned is attributable to a defect on board
DX89 or to a defect in the X-ray detector. To do this, proceed as follows:
1. Move the unit down using the Up/Down keys.
2. Switch off the unit.
3. Remove the x-ray detector cover.
4. CAUTION! Risk of injury! The cover plate has sharp edges.
Carefully pull the cover plate upwards to remove it from the X-ray
detector (see also Replace X-ray detector [ → 279]).
5. WARNING! Potentially lethal shock hazard! Do not touch any live parts while observing board DX89.
Remove the cover plate of board DX89. Switch the unit on again and observe board DX89.
The LEDs on the board can provide information about the possible
cause of the error (LEDs on board DX89 [ → 141]).
6.9.1
LEDs on board DX89
LEDs on board DX89
The diodes PLL_FPGA, PLL_CCD as well as (A) (image memory test)
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
141
6 Troubleshooting
6.9 Fault diagnosis of the X-ray detector and on board DX89
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
PLL_FPGA
142
A
B
C
D
Image memory test
Operating voltage on board DX89
Operating voltage on image amplifier
Gettering
6.9.2
LED statuses and their significance in case of an error
LED statuses and their significance in case of an error
For X-ray detector errors, it is usually necessary to send the extended details of the unit to the Sirona Customer Service Center (CSC). The results of the LED inquiry described below also must be added to the extended details.
The LED statuses specified here apply to the booted system.
LED on: FPGA on DX89 has started properly.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
PLL_CCD
Gettering
Image memory test
6 Troubleshooting
6.9 Fault diagnosis of the X-ray detector and on board DX89
LED off:
Action:
FPGA on DX89 has not started properly.
● Format flash file system via service routine
● Run software update [ → 47].
● If this step does not lead to the desired result,
board DX89 must be replaced [ → 306].
If all LEDs light up after the power-up phase, this leads to conclusions concerning a defect on board DX89. See the procedure outlined above for troubleshooting.
NOTICE
The unit must be switched off before disconnecting any plugs or cables.
LED on:
LED off:
Action:
There is a connection to the CCD sensor in the camera head.
There is no connection to the CCD sensor in the camera head.
● Check the plug connections and connection cables between board DX89 and the x-ray detector, if necessary, replace cable L28 or the x-ray detector.
NOTE: In x-ray detectors with a serial number
≥5000, cable L28 cannot be replaced.
If all LEDs light up after the power-up phase, this indicates that there is a defective FPGA on board DX89. For troubleshooting, see the action under "LED OFF for PLL_FPGA".
LED on:
LED flashing (after a waiting period of 12 minutes):
Action:
Gettering is o.k.
Gettering is not o.k.
● Replace the X-ray detector [ → 279].
The free ions are pumped out of the vacuum of the X-ray detector by the getters (hence the name "getter pump"). The getter current is measured during operation. If this does not drop below a certain value within 12 minutes, the gettering is not o.k. In this case, the error is probably caused by a defective x-ray detector.
LED on:
LED off:
Image memory test is o.k.
Based on the PLL_FPGA LED, check whether the
FPGA on DX89 has started properly:
● PLL_FPGA LED off: see the action under "LED OFF for PLL_FPGA".
● PLL_FPGA LED on: Replace board DX89 [ → 306].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
143
6 Troubleshooting
6.9 Fault diagnosis of the X-ray detector and on board DX89
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
6.9.3
LEDs of operating voltages
LEDs of operating voltages
NOTICE
The unit must be switched off before disconnecting any plugs or cables.
Operating voltages (28V, 24V, 5V, 3.3V) The four LEDs are powered directly by the four operating voltages and all must light up after the system start.
If this is not the case, check connector X201 for firm seating. If the
connector is OK and the LEDs still do not light up, then replace the X-ray detector [ → 279].
Supply voltage (in V)
28
24
5
3,3
Light-emitting diode (LED)
V101
V109
V108
V107
Operating voltages on DX89 and X-ray detector
These two LEDs PLL_FPGA and PLL_CCD must light up following the
system start. If this is not the case, replace the x-ray detector [ → 279].
144
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7
Adjusting and calibrating the unit
Adjusting and calibrating the unit
DANGER
X-rays
When performing the following tests, be sure to observe the radiation protection regulations applicable in your country (see Operating
Instructions).
DANGER
X-rays
"Radiation" is signaled by the message "X-RAY active!", a beep, and an
X-RAY LED.
GALILEOS service set
You will need the following accessories to perform unit calibration:
● Steel tape measure, 300mm
IMPORTANT
If you encounter problems with unit calibration, check whether the required EMC conditions have been met. No other heavy-duty electric equipment (e.g. air conditioning systems, fan motors, etc.) should be present in the vicinity of the unit.
Tip: Move the unit to a typical working height (bite block height (A) = approx. 1,520 mm (60")) with the Up/Down keys on the control panel before commencing calibration.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
145
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.1 General information about unit adjustment and calibration
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
146
A
Adjusting the height of the unit during calibration: GALILEOS, new
You can even adjust the height of the unit during the calibration procedure. If the unit is ready for an exposure (after the
"Image acquisition"
button has been pressed in the SIDEXIS XG service menu), the corresponding service routine (S002.6/S010.10-14/S011.8, and
S030.5) is displayed on the control panel. All of these service routines allow the height adjustment menu to be opened by pressing the Test key.
The current unit height is displayed in selection field 1 in this menu. You can then set the unit to the desired height using the UP/DOWN keys on the control panel.
Press the Service key or the double arrow key (Easypad) or the arrow key above selection field 3 (Multipad) to exit the height adjustment menu.
7.1
General information about unit adjustment and calibration
Start by checking the mechanical unit adjustment. This step is a prerequisite for the subsequent adjustment and calibration of the unit.
Please adhere to the following order when adjusting and calibrating the system:
Calibration procedure GALILEOS, new
● Diaphragm
● Radiation field
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Help messages
Status messages
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.1 General information about unit adjustment and calibration
● Dose measurement
● Sensor
● Iris
● Shading
● Distortion
● Geometry
Tip: It may be helpful to use the SIDEXIS XG coloring function to evaluate the image.
7.1.1
Displays and help messages during adjustment/ calibration
Displays and help messages during adjustment/calibration
The most frequent help and status messages during calibration are listed below.
H3 01: Move unit to starting position, press the R key.
H3 21: Close the door.
H323/3244 GALILEOS
H3 23: Close swivel arm.
H3 24: Gettering in progress, please wait.
H4 03:SIDEXIS XG is not ready for exposure, make unit ready for exposure.
GALILEOS status messages Easypad
"Ready for exposure"
"Exposure not possible"
"Please wait"
"Ready for exposure in XXs"
"X RAY Active!"
Multipad no special display; kV level and mAs are displayed
S110
Progress bar
XXs
LED lights up on control panel
If error message E1 11 20 is displayed on the control panel and/or the remote control during the calibration process, this does not necessarily indicate an equipment error. This error message only indicates that the adjustment or calibration data of the unit is incomplete at this point.
Acknowledge the error message with the R key, if applicable, and continue the adjustment or calibration procedure.
For assistance with other help messages or error messages displayed during the adjustment or calibration process, please refer to the section
of these instructions entitled Messages [ → 77].
7.1.2
"Adjustment/Calibration" menu
"Adjustment/Calibration" menu
The menu guides you through the procedure to adjust and calibrate the unit.
7.1.2.1
Calling the "Adjustment/Calibration" menu
You can call the
"Adjustment/calibration"
menu via SIDEXIS XG:
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
147
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.1 General information about unit adjustment and calibration
Easypad
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
"Utilities"
/
"Constancy test..."
/
"3D"
/
"Select X-ray device"
/
"Service exposure "
/
"Select X-ray component"
/
"Adjustment/calibration"
/
Password prompt (see section entitled "Password protection")
The
"Select X-ray device"
and
"Select X-ray component"
prompts are only displayed if more than one unit has been set up in SIDEXIS XG.
Password protection
Password XG and GALILEOS, new
The
"Adjustment/calibration"
menu is password-protected. For the password, enter the first four digits of the current system date (PC) in reverse order. Example: On 05/30/2010, the service password is 5003.
Service mode
Service XG and GALILEOS, new
When you open the
"Adjustment/calibration"
menu, the unit switches from user mode to the PC service mode logged by the PC. In PC service mode, the control options that are available on the control panel are determined by SIDEXIS XG and the service routine currently selected. General control of the unit by means of the control panel (as in the user mode) is not possible in this mode.
Title: XG and GALILEOS Easypad
Easypad service
Service mode is displayed on the Easypad via the PC service image.
GALILEOS service mode
Multipad
"SERVICE" is displayed on the Multipad to indicate that the service mode is active.
Multipad service
"SERVICE" is displayed on the Multipad to indicate that the service mode is active.
148
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.1 General information about unit adjustment and calibration
7.1.2.2
Menu structure
Menu structure
The menu is divided into four areas.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
A Navigation area
B Preview image
C Message window
D Tools pictograph
Structure tree for adjustment and calibration [ → 149]
Shows the exposure to be taken in this stage of the adjustment/calibration procedure.
Shows messages and information about this stage of the adjustment/ calibration procedure.
Shows which (if any) test phantom must be used for this stage of the adjustment/ calibration procedure.
7.1.2.2.1
In addition to the four areas, the menu also contains the following buttons:
E
F
G
H
Image acquisition
Save values
Next
Exit
Makes the unit ready for exposure [ → 151].
Saves the current adjustment/ calibration values.
Switches to the next stage of the adjustment/calibration procedure.
Exits adjustment/calibration and closes the menu.
Navigation area
Navigation area
The navigation area contains a structure tree similar to the one you will be familiar with from your Windows interface. The structure tree contains all stages of the adjustment and calibration procedure you need to complete in order to adjust and calibrate your system. The order in which
149
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.1 General information about unit adjustment and calibration
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS the elements appear in the structure tree determines the chronological order of the procedure to adjust and calibrate the unit:
● Diaphragm
● Radiation field
● Dose measurement
● Sensor
● Iris
● Shading
● Distortion
● Geometry
In addition to the elements required for adjustment and calibration of the unit described above, the structure tree also contains one other element:
Backup
● Calibration data
Validity of existing adjustment/calibration settings
The elements of the structure tree used for adjusting (calibrating) the device are prefixed by symbols indicating the current status of the corresponding adjustment or calibration operation.
The element for saving calibration data does not contain any symbols.
Green and checked
Yellow
Red
Valid data record; adjustment/calibration is in progress
Data record available, but not yet saved
Invalid data record or no record present
No adjustment/calibration required
Data record must be saved
Adjustment/calibration required
7.1.2.2.2
Working with the structure tree
You can navigate between the elements of the structure tree by clicking on them with the mouse.
NOTICE! You must follow the prescribed sequence in order to obtain a valid adjustment or calibration.
Click with the mouse on the small triangles in front of the elements to collapse and expand the structure tree.
Preview image
Preview image
The
"Diaphragm"
and
"Shading"
submenus each contain a preview image that symbolizes the exposure to be taken during the calibration step. Due to the varying geometry of the "GALILEOS Comfort / Comfort
Plus
" and the "GALILEOS Compact" diaphragms, the preview images displayed in these submenus differ slightly.
150
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.1 General information about unit adjustment and calibration
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
7.1.2.2.3
We use only the display of the "GALILEOS Comfort" and "GALILEOS
Comfort
Plus
" in these instructions, unless explicit reference is made to the
"GALILEOS Compact".
Tool pictographs
Tool pictographs
The tools pictograph shows which (if any) test phantom must be used for this particular calibration step.
Click
"Cancel"
to quit the
"Service functions"
menu.
7.1.3
Enabling exposure readiness
Enabling exposure readiness
To take an exposure in SIDEXIS XG, the system must first be made ready for exposure.
✔
Call the
"Adjustment/calibration"
menu.
✔
Select the corresponding element in the structure tree.
➢ Click on the
"Image acquisition"
button.
The exposure window opens in SIDEXIS XG. It indicates the current status of exposure readiness.
The service routine used for the corresponding exposure is displayed on the control panel, along with the specific exposure parameters.
7.1.4
Taking an exposure
✔
Call the
"Adjustment/calibration"
menu.
✔
Select the corresponding element in the structure tree.
✔
SIDEXIS XG must be ready for exposure.
151
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.1 General information about unit adjustment and calibration
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
➢ Press the release button. Press and hold down the button until the exposure is complete, the preview image is displayed in the exposure window, and the acoustic signal that indicates the end of the exposure (double beep) sounds (if it has been configured).
7.1.5
Save values
✔
The adjustment or calibration must be correct.
➢ To save the adjustment or calibration values, click the button.
"Save values"
The adjustment or calibration is saved.
The saved adjustment or calibration is identified in the structure tree by a check mark or a green traffic light.
7.1.6
Test phantoms for adjustment and calibration
Test phantoms for adjustment and calibration
7.1.6.1
Distortion phantom
Distortion phantom
IMPORTANT
With GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
:
With GALILEOS Comfort
Plus
, the distortion phantom delivered with the device must be used. Distortion phantoms with a serial number <3001 may not be used for the calibration of GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
.
152
7.1.6.2
You must clip the distortion phantom onto the X-ray detector cover for the radiation field check and for the distortion calibration.
This phantom must be removed again for all other calibration steps.
Geometry phantom
Geometry phantom
IMPORTANT: Make sure that the phantom is securely fastened and in an upright position in the bite block holder of the unit.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.1 General information about unit adjustment and calibration
For the geometry calibration, you must insert the geometry phantom in the block holder of the unit.
This phantom must be removed again for all other calibration steps.
Note regarding the calibration phantom: GALILEOS, new
IMPORTANT
Note the serial number of the calibration phantom
A geometry phantom with a serial number > 3000 must be used to calibrate the GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
IMPORTANT
Once it has been inserted into the bite block holder, the geometry phantom must be aligned vertically and horizontally with the spirit level, so that calibration can be performed correctly.
➢ Insert the geometry phantom (A) into the pan bite block holder (B) on the unit and secure it with the screw (C).
153
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.2 Checking the mechanical system adjustment
7.1.6.3
Constancy test phantom
Constancy test phantom
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
P1
B1
M
The constancy test phantom is inserted in the bite block holder of the unit
7.2
Checking the mechanical system adjustment
Checking the mechanical system adjustment
1. Insert the constancy test phantom in the bite block holder of the unit.
P2
M
P3
M
B2
B2
M
2. Measure distances B1, B2and B3 between the tube assembly housing and measuring point M on the constancy test phantom
(positions 1, 2 and 3) using the steel tape measure from the service set.
3. Then calculate the ideal distance between the tube assembly and measuring point M as follows: (B1+B2)/2 = ideal distance
4. Distances B1, B2 and B3 must not deviate more than ± 2 mm from
154
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.3 Adjustment and calibration via the "Service Functions" menu
7.3
Adjustment and calibration via the "Service
Functions" menu
Adjustment and calibration via the "Service Functions" menu
IMPORTANT
After every calibration of the unit, the reference values for the constancy measurement must be recalculated and entered in the "Test results" form, "Reference value" column.
7.3.1
Diaphragm image
Adjusting the "diaphragm open" diaphragm setting
1. Call the
"Adjustment/calibration"
2. In the structure tree, under
"3D Adjustment/calibration"
, click on the
"Diaphragm"
element (S030.5).
The
"Diaphragm"
menu is displayed in the action area.
1. Set the rotary knob on the tube assembly to the "open diaphragm" position.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
2. Click on the menu area.
"Diaphragm open"
button in the
"Image acquisition"
SIDEXIS XG makes the unit ready for exposure [ → 151].
Service routine S030.5 is displayed on the control panel.
4. For GALILEOS Comfort and GALILEOS Comfort
Evaluate the image.
PLUS
:
155
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.3 Adjustment and calibration via the "Service Functions" menu
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
156
A+B
C
E
Adjustment OK
Adjustment not OK
Permissible tolerance: 30 pixels ± 5 pixels
The brightness distribution along the border surrounding the image on all sides must be uniform (A).
The distance between the bottom edge and the lowest point in the image should be 30 ± 5 pixels (measure with SIDEXIS scale)
(B).
If the distance between the bottom edge and the lowest point in the image is out of tolerance (E) or the brightness distribution
5. For GALILEOS Compact:
Evaluate the image.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.3 Adjustment and calibration via the "Service Functions" menu
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
P
E
A+B
C
Adjustment OK
Adjustment not OK, diaphragm not centered
Adjustment not OK, diaphragm too small
Permissible tolerance: 65 pixels ± 5 pixels
The brightness distribution along the surrounding border must be uniform (A).
A shadow in the image indicates horizontal or vertical displacement of the diaphragm.
157
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.3 Adjustment and calibration via the "Service Functions" menu
Adjustment of the "Upper jaw" diaphragm setting
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
The distance between the bottom edge and the lowest point in the image should be 65 ± 5 pixels (measure with SIDEXIS scale).
No surrounding gray shadow should be visible (D).
A surrounding gray shadow in the image indicates that the diaphragm is too small.
If the distance between the bottom edge and the lowest point in the image is out of tolerance (E), or the brightness distribution along the surrounding border is not uniform (C), or a surrounding gray shadow is visible in the image (diaphragm opening too
small) (D), the diaphragm must be adjusted mechanically [ → 171].
6. If the exposure is OK (A+B), confirm this by clicking the check box located to the right of the
"Diaphragm open"
button.
The box will appear checked.
The adjustment for the "open diaphragm" diaphragm setting is now complete.
The
"Diaphragm open"
button is selectable in the
"Image acquisition"
menu area.
7. Continue the calibration procedure with the adjustment of the "upper jaw" diaphragm setting.
✔
The
"Adjustment/calibration"
✔
The element
"Diaphragm"
is selected under
"3D Adjustment/ calibration"
in the structure tree (S030.5).
✔
The
"Upper jaw"
button is selectable in the
"Image acquisition"
menu area.
1. Click on the
"Upper jaw"
button in the
"Image acquisition"
menu area.
The
"Diaphragm"
menu is displayed in the action area.
2. Set the rotary knob on the tube assembly to the "maxillary exposure" position.
3. Click the
"Upper jaw"
button.
SIDEXIS XG makes the unit ready for exposure [ → 151].
Service routine S030.5 is displayed on the control panel.
5. Evaluate the image.
158
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.3 Adjustment and calibration via the "Service Functions" menu
Adjustment of the "Lower jaw" diaphragm setting
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
A
B
Adjustment OK
Adjustment not OK
The upper edge of the lower lead diaphragm must be within tolerance, i.e. lie inside of the auxiliary lies (A).
If the edge is out of tolerance (B), the diaphragm must be adjusted mechanically [ → 171].
6. If the exposure is OK (A), confirm this by clicking the check box located to the right of the
"Upper jaw"
button.
The box will appear checked.
The adjustment for the "Upper jaw" diaphragm setting is now complete.
The
"Lower jaw"
button is selectable.
7. Continue the calibration procedure with the adjustment of the "Lower jaw" diaphragm setting.
✔
The
"Adjustment/calibration"
✔
The element
"Diaphragm"
is selected under
"3D Adjustment/ calibration"
in the structure tree (S030.5).
159
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.3 Adjustment and calibration via the "Service Functions" menu
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
✔
The
"Lower jaw"
button is selectable in the
"Image acquisition"
menu area.
1. Set the rotary knob on the tube assembly to the "lower jaw" position.
2. Click the
"Lower jaw"
button.
SIDEXIS XG makes the unit ready for exposure [ → 151].
Service routine S030.5 is displayed on the control panel.
4. Evaluate the image.
160
A
B
Adjustment OK
Adjustment not OK
The lower edge of the upper lead diaphragm must be within tolerance, i.e. lie inside of the auxiliary lines (A).
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.3 Adjustment and calibration via the "Service Functions" menu
If the edge is out of tolerance (B), the diaphragm must be adjusted mechanically [ → 171].
5. If the exposure is OK (A), confirm this by clicking the check box located to the right of the
"Lower jaw"
button.
The box will appear checked.
Diaphragm adjustment is now complete.
6. Continue the calibration procedure with the radiation field check [ → 161].
7.3.2
Checking the radiation field
Checking the radiation field
IMPORTANT: The illumination must be checked once the collimator has been adjusted.
A
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
✔
The
"Adjustment/calibration"
1. Clip the distortion phantom onto the X-ray detector cover. [ → 152]
2. In the structure tree, under
"3D Adjustment/calibration"
, click on the
"Radiation field"
element (S002.6).
The
"Radiation field"
menu is displayed in the action area.
3. Click the
"Image acquisition"
button.
SIDEXIS XG makes the unit ready for exposure [ → 151].
Service routine S002.6 is displayed on the control panel.
4. Press the R key to move the unit back to the starting position.
5. Press the release button. Hold down the release button and observe the distortion phantom. The lighting strips on the distortion phantom
(A) must not light up.
If the strips on the phantom light up at all, the system is overexposed, and you cannot continue the adjustment. In this case, repeat the diaphragm adjustment procedure and then check the radiation beam field again. If the lighting strips still light up during the re-check of the beam field, contact the SIRONA Customer Service Center (CSC) to solve the problem.
6. To confirm that the lighting strips on the distortion phantom are click the check box on the left next to the text
correct?"
.
not
lit,
"Radiation field position
161
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.3 Adjustment and calibration via the "Service Functions" menu
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
The box will appear checked.
The beam field check is now completed.
7. Continue the calibration procedure with the dosimetry [ → 162].
Tip: Leave the distortion phantom on the unit for the next calibration step.
7.3.3
Dosimetry
Dosimetry
A dosimeter for pulsed radiation (e.g. Mult-O-Meter 512L) is required for dosimetry.
162
✔
The Adjustment/calibration menu is called [ → 147].
✔
The distortion phantom is clipped onto the cover of the X-ray detector for protection against scratching.
1. Attach the Mult-O-Meter sensor approximately in the middle of the distortion phantom mounted on the X-ray detector.
2. In the structure tree, under 3D Adjustment/calibration, click on the
"Dose measurement"
element (S002.6).
The
"Dose measurement"
menu is displayed in the action area.
3. Click the
"Image acquisition"
button.
SIDEXIS XG makes the unit ready for exposure [ → 151].
Service routine S002.6 is displayed on the control panel.
4. Press the R key to move the unit back to the starting position.
5. Press the release button. Press and hold down the button until the exposure is complete, the preview image is displayed in the exposure window, and the acoustic signal indicating the end of the exposure
(double beep) sounds (if it has been configured).
6. Then read off the dose from the Mult-O-Meter.
For GALILEOS Compact / Comfort, the value must be between 1.2 and 2.3 mGray.
PLUS
, the value must be between 2.3 and For GALILEOS Comfort
4.5 mGray.
If the value is outside the permissible range, check the X-ray tube assembly.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.3 Adjustment and calibration via the "Service Functions" menu
7. To confirm that the dose is within the
permissible range between 1.2 and 2.3 mGray/2.3 and 4.5 mGray
, click the check box on the left next to the text.
The box will appear checked.
The dosimetry is now complete.
8. Remove the sensor from the distortion phantom and take the phantom off the X-ray detector.
9. Continue the calibration procedure with the sensor adjustment [ → 163].
7.3.4
Sensor adjustment
Sensor adjustment
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
✔
The Adjustment/calibration menu is called [ → 147].
1. In the structure tree under
"3D Adjustment/calibration"
, click on the
"Sensor"
element (S010.14).
The
"Sensor"
menu is displayed in the action area.
2. Click the
"Image acquisition"
button.
SIDEXIS XG makes the unit ready for exposure [ → 151].
Service routine S010.14 is displayed on the control panel.
3. Press the R key to move the unit back to the starting position.
4. Press the release button. Press and hold down the button until the exposure is complete, the preview image is displayed in the exposure window, and the acoustic signal indicating the end of the exposure
(double beep) sounds (if it has been configured).
IMPORTANT: This process takes approx. 2-3 minutes.
The unit transfers the acquired images to the Reconstruction and
Control Unit (RCU). This process can take 2-3 minutes. Once the transfer is complete, the evaluation of the sensor calibration is displayed in the message window.
If the information in the message window indicates that calibration is
not OK and/or not possible
, keep repeating the procedure starting with Step b) until calibration is OK and/or possible.
If you have repeated the procedure three times and still have not attained a positive result, please contact the SIRONA Customer
Service Center (CSC).
163
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.3 Adjustment and calibration via the "Service Functions" menu
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5. If the adjustment is OK or possible, click the
"Save values"
button.
The adjustment is saved.
The sensor adjustment is now complete.
6. Continue the calibration procedure with the iris adjustment [ → 164].
7.3.5
Iris adjustment
Iris adjustment
164
✔
The
"Adjustment/calibration"
1. In the structure tree under
"3D Adjustment/calibration"
, click on the
"Iris"
element (S010.10).
The
"Iris"
menu is displayed in the action area.
2. Click the
"Image acquisition"
button.
SIDEXIS XG makes the unit ready for exposure [ → 151].
Service routine S010.10 is displayed on the control panel.
3. Press the R key to move the unit back to the starting position.
4. Press the release button. Press and hold down the button until the exposure is complete, the preview image is displayed in the exposure window, and the acoustic signal indicating the end of the exposure
(double beep) sounds (if it has been configured).
IMPORTANT: This process takes approx. 2-3 minutes.
The unit transfers the acquired images to the Reconstruction and
Control Unit (RCU). This process can take 2-3 minutes. Once the transfer is complete, the evaluation of the sensor calibration is displayed in the message window.
If the information in the message window indicates that calibration is
not OK and/or not possible
, keep repeating the procedure starting with Step b) until calibration is OK and/or possible.
If you have repeated the procedure three times and still have not attained a positive result, please contact the SIRONA Customer
Service Center (CSC).
5. If the calibration is OK or possible, click the
"Save values"
button.
The adjustment is saved.
The iris adjustment is now complete.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.3 Adjustment and calibration via the "Service Functions" menu
6. Continue the calibration procedure with the shading calibration [ → 165].
7.3.6
Shading calibration
Shading calibration
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
✔
The
"Adjustment/calibration"
1. In the structure tree under
"3D Adjustment/calibration"
, click on the
"Shading"
element (S010.11 / S010.15).
The
"Shading"
menu is displayed in the action area.
2. Click the
"Image acquisition"
button.
SIDEXIS XG makes the unit ready for exposure [ → 151].
Service routine S010.11 or S010.15 (extended shading calibration) is displayed on the control panel.
3. Press the R key to move the unit back to the starting position.
4. Press the release button. Press and hold down the button until the exposure is complete, the preview image is displayed in the exposure window, and the acoustic signal indicating the end of the exposure
(double beep) sounds (if it has been configured).
The shading exposure and the evaluation of the shading calibration is displayed.
If the information in the message window indicates that calibration is
not OK and/or not possible
, keep repeating the procedure starting with Step b) until calibration is OK and/or possible.
If you have repeated the procedure three times and still have not attained a positive result, please contact the SIRONA Customer
Service Center (CSC).
IMPORTANT: No foreign bodies may be visible on the shading exposure. If this is the case, check the beam path for foreign bodies, remove them if necessary and repeat the calibration.
5. If the calibration is OK or possible, click the
"Save values"
button.
The calibration is saved.
The shading calibration is now complete.
6. Continue the calibration procedure with the distortion calibration [ → 166].
165
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.3 Adjustment and calibration via the "Service Functions" menu
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
7.3.7
Distortion calibration
Distortion calibration
IMPORTANT
With GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
:
With GALILEOS Comfort
Plus
, the distortion phantom delivered with the device must be used. Distortion phantoms with a serial number <3001 may not be used for the calibration of GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
.
166
✔
The
"Adjustment/calibration"
1. In the structure tree under
"3D Adjustment/calibration"
, click on the
"Distortion"
element (S010.12).
The
"Distortion"
menu is displayed in the action area.
2. Clip the distortion phantom onto the X-ray detector cover [ → 152].
3. Click the
"Image acquisition"
button.
SIDEXIS XG makes the unit ready for exposure [ → 151].
Service routine S010.12 is displayed on the control panel.
4. Press the R key to move the unit back to the starting position.
5. Press the release button. Press and hold down the button until the exposure is complete, the preview image is displayed in the exposure window, and the acoustic signal indicating the end of the exposure
(double beep) sounds (if it has been configured).
IMPORTANT: This process takes approx. 2-3 minutes.
The unit transfers the acquired images to the Reconstruction and
Control Unit (RCU). This process can take 2-3 minutes. Once the transfer is complete, the evaluation of the distortion calibration is displayed in the message window.
If the information in the message window indicates that calibration was not successful, check the calibration phantom to make sure that it is not damaged.
If the phantom checks out OK (all balls are present and correctly positioned), repeat the procedure starting with point d) as often as required until the calibration is OK.
If you have repeated the procedure three times and still have not attained a positive result, please contact the SIRONA Customer
Service Center (CSC).
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.3 Adjustment and calibration via the "Service Functions" menu
6. IMPORTANT: When a new distortion calibration is saved, the geometric calibration is set to "invalid" (red LEDs).
If the calibration is OK or possible, click on the
"Save values"
button.
The calibration is saved.
The distortion calibration is now complete.
7. Remove the distortion phantom again from the X-ray detector cover.
8. Continue the calibration procedure with the geometry calibration [ → 167].
7.3.8
Geometry calibration
Geometry calibration
IMPORTANT
For an installed and configured FACESCAN:
The face scanner is automatically calibrated during the geometry calibration of GALILEOS. In this case, make sure that the normal room lighting is switched on during the calibration process. The room does not have to be darkened during calibration.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
✔
The
"Adjustment/calibration"
1. In the structure tree, under
"3D Adjustment/calibration"
, click on the
"Geometry"
element (S010.13).
The
"Geometry"
menu is displayed in the action area.
3. For FACESCAN: Check to make sure that the room lighting is switched on. Switch it on if necessary.
4. Click the
"Image acquisition"
button.
SIDEXIS XG makes the unit ready for exposure [ → 151].
Service routine S010.13 is displayed on the control panel.
5. Press the R key to move the unit back to the starting position.
6. Press the release button. Press and hold down the button until the exposure is complete, the preview image is displayed in the exposure window, and the acoustic signal indicating the end of the exposure
(double beep) sounds (if it has been configured).
IMPORTANT: This process takes approx. 2-3 minutes.
167
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.4 Performing a white balance for FaceScan
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
The unit transfers the acquired images to the Reconstruction and
Control Unit (RCU). This process can take 2-3 minutes. Once the transfer is complete, the evaluation of the calibration is displayed in the message window.
If the information in the message window indicates that calibration was not successful, check the calibration phantom to make sure that it is not damaged.
If you have repeated the procedure three times and still have not
calibration.
If this still does not lead to a positive result, please contact the
SIRONA Customer Service Center (CSC).
7. If the calibration is OK or possible, click the
"Save values"
button.
The calibration is saved.
Calibration of the geometry is now complete.
8. Remove the geometric phantom from the bite block holder of the unit.
7.4
Performing a white balance for FaceScan
Performing a white balance for FaceScan
IMPORTANT
Constant lighting conditions
If the lighting conditions during the white balance process are different from those during the subsequent FaceScan process, this will lead to inaccurate colors.
➢ Ensure that the lighting conditions during white balancing correspond with those of the later FaceScan operation.
Without white balance the pictures will be tinged.
A white balance can be performed during:
● The first installation
● Making changes to environmental lighting
● Following a software update
Opening the web dialog / general types 2
Opening the web dialog
1. In SIDEXIS Manager, start the
"Facescan Configuration"
application.
2. Click on the
"Facescanner in browser"
button.
A password dialog box opens.
3. In the field
"User"
enter
"service"
.
4. In the field
"Password"
enter
"sirona"
.
The
"Facescan Device Service "
web dialog opens.
White balance type 1
White balance (type 1)
✔
1 white sheet of paper (such as DIN A3)
168
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
A
B
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.5 Mechanical adjustments
A
1. Attach the sheet of paper (A) to where the patient's head goes, so that the cameras are pointed at the white surface area.
2. Select the menu item
"SERVICE"
.
3. Press the
"Enter Auto White Balance"
button.
The
"Auto White Balance"
dialog box opens.
4. Wait until the status LEDs light up.
5. Press the
"Auto White Balance"
button.
The white balance starts. During this time, the LEDs of the
Facescan are on for the duration of the white balance.
The white balance takes a minimum of 2 minutes (up to 20 minutes in the event of errors).
In the event of errors: If the white balance does not work, then the white balance procedure must be repeated.
The Facescan restarts.
The white balance is complete
7.5
Mechanical adjustments
Mechanical adjustments
7.5.1
Ring center adjustment
Ring center adjustment
NOTICE
Perform this adjustment only if the measured values are out of tolerance [ → 154].
1. Remove the "arm cover".
2.
Move the ring center to the left or right:
NOTICE! Do not undo the screws completely! Make sure that spring
(B) does not pop out. This spring has a defined prestress!
Loosen the four screws (A) slightly.
3. Correct the position carefully and then retighten the screws.
A A
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
169
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.5 Mechanical adjustments
C C
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
4.
Move the ring center to the left or right:
NOTICE! Do not undo the screws completely!
Loosen the four screws (C) slightly.
5. Correct the position carefully and then retighten the screws.
If the center of the ring cannot be fully adjusted using the screws (C) then proceed with adjusting the swivel arm. Otherwise, the mechanical adjustment is now complete and you may begin calibration.
6. Re-attach the "arm cover".
C C
7.5.2
Adjusting the swivel arm
Adjusting the swivel arm
NOTICE
Perform this adjustment only if the measured values are out of tolerance [ → 154].
1. Remove the "swivel arm cover".
Move the swivel arm to the entry position, loosen the internal grid, slightly bend the housing upwards and remove it by pulling towards the pivot joint of the swivel arm.
170
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
B
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.5 Mechanical adjustments
2. Loosen screw (A) slightly.
3. NOTICE! Do not forget to tighten screw (A) again. Otherwise, the clearance and play of the swivel arm is not ensured!
Adjust the swivel arm with the eccentric screw (B). Hold the eccentric screw securely in place and tighten screw (A) again.
IMPORTANT: The swivel arm is shown here without the control panel for purposes of clarity (*).
*
A
4. Re-attach the "swivel arm cover".
To do this, position the nose (C) in the groove of the swivel arm and press the cover on until it snaps in place.
C
Preparations
7.5.3
Diaphragm adjustment
Adjusting the complete diaphragm unit
Diaphragm adjustment
1. Pull off the adjusting knob with the silicone ring.
2. Remove the "Front tube assembly" and "Rear tube assembly" covers.
If the exposure taken in the "diaphragm open" diaphragm setting is not
OK, the complete diaphragm unit must be adjusted.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
171
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.5 Mechanical adjustments
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
1. Set the rotary knob on the tube assembly to the "open diaphragm" position.
A
A
A
2. Loosen the five screws (A) (but do not remove them).
Adjusting the lower lead diaphragm
3. If necessary, use the adjustment screws to adjust the diaphragm in the X, Y or Z direction.
CW rotation of screws:
Moves the diaphragm in the
CCW rotation of the screws:
X, Y or Z direction
Moves the diaphragm in the direction opposite to the
X, Y or Z direction
4. Retighten the five screws (A) firmly.
5. Repeat the diaphragm exposure.
If the exposure taken in the "upper jaw" diaphragm setting is not OK, the lower lead diaphragm must be adjusted.
C
B
B
172
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit
7.5 Mechanical adjustments
1. Set the rotary knob on the tube assembly to the "maxillary exposure" position.
Adjusting the upper lead collimator
2. Loosen both screws (B) of the lead diaphragm.
3. Manually adjust lead diaphragm (C).
4. Tighten both screws (B) firmly.
5. Repeat the diaphragm exposure.
If the exposure taken in the "lower jaw" diaphragm setting is not OK, the upper lead diaphragm must be adjusted.
1. Set the rotary knob on the tube assembly to the "lower jaw" position.
C
B
B
C
B
B
2. Loosen both screws (B) of the lead diaphragm.
3. Manually adjust lead diaphragm (C).
4. Tighten both screws (B) firmly.
5. Repeat the diaphragm exposure [ → 155].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
173
Service routine
S002
S002.5
S007.2
S007.5
S008
S008.2
S008.3
S009
S009.4
S009.5
S009.7
S005
S005.1
S005.3
S005.4
S005.5
S005.8
S007
S007.1
S011
S011.9
S011.12
S012
S012.1
S012.2
S012.3
S012.4
S017
S017.2
S017.3
S017.4
("GALILEOS Comfort"/"
GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
")
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.1 Overview of service routines
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8
Perform service routines via the control panel
Perform service routines via the control panel
8.1
Overview of service routines
Overview of service routines
8.1.1
List of all service routines available for selection
List of all service routines available for selection
Function
Radiation without rotary movement, selectable kV/mA level and maximum radiation time
Long-term exposure with fixed radiation intervals from any position
General X-ray tube assembly service
(for internal Sirona purposes only)
(for internal Sirona purposes only)
Fan test
Temperature sensor test, single tank
Automatic adjustment of pulse preheating
Error logging memory
Display error logging memory
Clearing error logging memory
Enable the CAN bus logging in the Miniweb
Update service
Overview of the module software versions
Confirming the unit serial number
Flash file system
Formatting flash file system
Test flash file system
Save/restore DX89 data
Dosimetry (without ring movement)
Current measurement (unpulsed)
Dosimetry with pulsed radiation
CAN bus service
Presence display of modules
Inquiry of the CAN status register of the modules
Resetting the CAN status register of the modules
Display of CAN bus cycle on the LEDs of the modules
Configuration service
Configuring the hardware version
Enter the country group code
Select a language see
S.
S.
S.
174
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.1 Overview of service routines
S017.15
S017.25
S018
S018.2
S018.3
S018.4
S037
S037.1
S037.2
Service routine
S017.5
("GALILEOS Comfort"/"
GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
")
S017.6
S017.7
S017.9
S017.13
("GALILEOS Comfort"/"
GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
")
S017.14
("GALILEOS Comfort"/"
GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
")
S037.3
S037.4
Function
Select a language set
Activate the remote control display
Configure the switching plate for the swivel arm
(for internal Sirona purposes only)
Enable/disable the welcome screen
Enable/disable certain lines of the welcome screen
Activate/deactivate the acoustic signal for end of exposure
Select the diaphragm type
Service for height adjustment
Set the maximum travel height
Undo the maximum travel height setting
Check the height adjustment sensor system
Network service
Displaying the network data
Setting the default IP address, default gateway address and default subnet mask
Configuring boot mode: DYNAMIC (DHCP/AutoIP) / STATIC
(fixed address)
Manual input of static network settings (IP address, default gateway address, and subnet mask) see
S.
S.
S.
S.
S.
S.
8.1.2
Alphabetical list of service routine functions
Alphabetical list of service routine functions
Function
Acoustic signal for end of exposure, activate/deactivate
Automatic adjustment of pulse preheating
Modules, presence display
Module software version, show overview
Welcome screen, enable/disable
Welcome screen, enable/disable lines
Select the diaphragm type
Configuring boot mode: DYNAMIC (DHCP/AutoIP) / STATIC
(fixed address)
CAN bus logging in the web interface, enable
CAN bus cycle, display on the LEDs of the modules
Service routine
S017.15
S005.8
S012.1
S008.2
S017.13
("GALILEOS Comfort"/"
GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
")
S017.14
("GALILEOS Comfort"/"
GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
")
S017.25
S037.3
S007.5
S012.4
see
S.
S.
S.
S.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
175
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.1 Overview of service routines
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Function
CAN bus, service
CAN status register for the modules, query
CAN status register for the modules, reset
Long-term exposure with fixed radiation intervals from any position
Default gateway address, set to defaults
Default gateway address, manual input
Dosimetry, with pulsed radiation
Dosimetry (without ring movement)
Save/restore DX89 data
Error logging memory
Error logging memory, display
Error logging memory, clear
Remote control, enable/disable display
Flash file system
Flash file system, format
Flash file system, test
Unit serial number, confirm
Unit variant, configure
Country group code, enter
Height adjustment, sensor system test
Height adjustment, service
IP address, set to defaults
IP address, enter manually
Configuration, service
Fan, test
Network, service
Displaying the network data
Configure the switching plate for the swivel arm
Select a language set
Select a language
Service routine
S012
S012.2
S012.3
S002.5
Radiation without rotary movement, selectable kV/mA level and maximum radiation time
Tube assembly service, general
Current measurement, unpulsed
Subnet mask, set to defaults
Subnet mask, manual input
Temperature sensor test, single tank
Update, service
S005
S011.9
S037.2
S037.4
S005.5
S008
S009.4
S009.5
S008.3
S017.2
S017.3
S018.4
S018
S037.2
S037.2
S037.4
S011.12
S011
S009.7
S007
S007.1
S007.2
S017.6
S009
S037.4
S017
S005.4
S037
S037.1
S017.7
S017.5
("GALILEOS Comfort"/"
GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
")
S017.4
("GALILEOS Comfort"/"
GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
")
S002
176 see
S.
S.
S.
S.
S.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.2 Service menu and service routines
Function
Maximum travel height, set
Maximum travel height, undo setting
Service routine
S018.2
S018.3
see
8.2
Service menu and service routines
Service menu and service routines
You can use the service routines to check the function of certain unit components and modules, as well as to set important unit parameters.
8.2.1
Displays and symbols in the service menu
8.2.1.1
Displays and symbols in the service menu
Easypad
Easypad
There are many different control symbols and display fields on the touchscreen; these are activated on a context-sensitive basis depending on the procedure step.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
A
B
C
D
E
X RAY
X RAY Active!
Selection field 1
Selection field 2
Selection field 3
Arrow keys
F
G
H
S1 - S37
1 - n
Patient symbol keys
Radiation can be released.
Caution! Radiation is being released.
Display fields for service routines, test steps, values, unit parameters, etc.
Touch the "+" and "-" arrow keys to
select unit parameters in the selection fields [ → 187].
Selected service routine.
Selected test step.
Different functions, depending on service routine.
177
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.2 Service menu and service routines
I
J
Memory key
Service key
K
L
T(est rotation) key
R(eturn) key
M Double arrow key
N Wrench symbol
8.2.1.2
Multipad
Multipad
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Save selection.
Different functions, depending on service routine. Most, however, confirm a selection or the activation of the next test step.
Start a test.
Move the unit to the starting position or confirm a save operation.
Return to the main menu.
Displayed if level 4 (service menu) is activated.
A
178
K L H J I
E
B C D
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.2 Service menu and service routines
K
L
A
B
C
D
E
X-ray lamp
Selection field 1
(8 digits)
Selection field 2
(4 digits)
Selection field 3
(4 digits)
Arrow keys
H
I
J
Patient symbol keys
Memory key
Service key
T(est rotation) key
R(eturn) key
Caution! Radiation is being released.
Display fields for service routines, test steps, values, unit parameters, etc.
Touch the "+" and "-" arrow keys to select unit parameters in the selection
fields (Select parameters [ → 187]).
Different functions, depending on service routine.
Save selection.
Different functions, depending on service routine. Most, however, confirm a selection or the activation of the next test step.
Start a test.
Move the unit to the starting position or confirm a save operation.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
179
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8.3
Basic operating procedures in the service menu
Basic operating procedures in the service menu
8.3.1
Activating the service menu
8.3.1.1
Activating the service menu
Easypad
Easypad
The structure of the touchscreen user interface on the control panel is subdivided into 4 levels:
● Level 1: Main menu
● Level 2: Program Settings
● Level 3: Basic Settings
● Level 4: Service menu
When the unit starts up, the main menu appears on the touchscreen.
1. To select level 2 (
"Select program settings"
the top right corner of the touchscreen (A).
), touch the blue arrow in
2. To select level 3 (
"Select basic settings"
), touch the left-hand blue arrow in the top right corner of the touchscreen (B).
180
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu
3. To select level 4 (service menu/access), touch the wrench symbol
(C).
4. Switch to the service menu:
Press and hold down the Service key (D) until the patient symbol keys light up (E-H) (approx. 2 s). Then press the patient symbol keys in the sequence F – H – E within the next 4 s.
After you have entered the key combination correctly, the service menu is displayed. You can return to the next higher level with the double arrow key (I) at any time.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
181
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8.3.1.2
Multipad
1. Press and hold down Service key (D) until the patient symbol keys light up (E-H) (approx. 2 s).
D
2. Then press the patient symbol keys in the sequence F – H – E within the next 4 s.
E F G H
After you have entered the key combination correctly, the service menu is displayed. You can return to the next higher level with the arrow key above selection field 3 (I) at any time.
8.3.2
Selecting service routines and test steps
Selecting service routines and test steps
8.3.2.1
Selecting a service routine
Selecting a service routine
✔
The service menu must be selected [ → 180].
182
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
A A
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu
➢ Select the desired service routine via the arrow keys in the selection field 1 (A) and confirm the selection via the service key (B).
If the selected service routine has several test steps, the first selectable test step is displayed in selection field 2 (test step 1 in the example).
-
-
S005
1
+
+
S5
A
B
S005_______1____
A
B
8.3.2.2
Selecting a test step
✔
The service menu must be selected [ → 180].
✔
The required service routine must be selected [ → 182].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
183
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
➢ Select the required test step in selection field 2 with arrow keys (C) and confirm your selection by pressing Service key (B).
-
01
+
S5
4
Easypad:
The selected service routine as well as the test step chosen are displayed in the right-hand column (S005.4 in the example).
184
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu
Multipad:
The parameters or IDs of the selected service routine are displayed on the Multipad. The Multipad does not show which service routine or test step is currently active.
8.3.2.3
Service routines with security access
Service routines with security access
A security code is required for accessing service routines involving functions such as radiation release or editing of configuration data or stored values. This procedure prevents the inadvertent selection or activation of these service routines.
To select a service routine or test step with security access, proceed as follows:
After you have confirmed your selection, a "0" appears in selection field 2.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
185
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
2. Confirm security access by once again selecting the number of the main routine (2 in the example) with the arrow keys in selection field
2 (C) and press the Service key (B) to confirm your selection.
186
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu
Following this double selection and confirmation via the Service key, the service routine is activated.
Example
8.3.3
Select parameters
Select parameters
Easypad touchscreen
Select parameter XG 3D / XG 3D ready / GALILEOS
If arrow keys are displayed in the selection fields once the required service routine has been selected, you can use these arrow keys to choose between different parameters.
You want to run service routine S017.6 to activate the remote control.
✔
Once you have selected service routine S017.6, the code "00" is preselected for the "Remote control disabled" option.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
187
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
➢ Touch the + or - arrow keys (A) to select the code 01 (B) for the
"Remote control enabled" option.
Once the selected parameter has been changed (in this case the code for the activation of the remote control), the Memory key (C) lights up.
Title: Multipad GALILEOS
Example
Multipad
Select parameter GALILEOS, XG 3 / 5
You want to run service routine S017.6 to activate the remote control.
✔
Once you have selected service routine S017.6, the code "00" is preselected for the "Remote control disabled" option.
➢ Press the UP or DOWN arrow key (A) to select the code 01 (B) for the
"Remote control enabled" option.
Once the selected parameter has been changed (in this case the code for the activation of the remote control), the LED above
Memory key (C) lights up.
188
8.3.4
Saving parameters
Saving parameters
Once one or a number of parameters have been selected via a service routine, the current selection must be saved so that it is applied in the unit.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Example
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu
Title: Saving parameters in GALILEOS
Easypad touchscreen
Save Easypad parameter: GALILEOS / XG 3D / XG 3D ready
You want to run service routine S017.6 to save the selected option
"Remote control enabled".
✔
The Memory key (C) lights up.
1. Touch the Memory key (C).
The R key (D) lights up.
2. Touch the R key (D).
The selected setting is saved to non-volatile memory.
Title: Save parameter GALILEOS
Example
Multipad
Save parameter GALILEOS / XG 3 / 5
You want to run service routine S017.6 to save the selected option
"Remote control enabled".
✔
The LED above Memory key (C) lights up.
1. Press Memory key (C).
The LED above the R key lights up.
2. Press R key (D).
The selected setting is saved to non-volatile memory.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
189
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8.3.5
Exiting the test step and service routine
Exiting the test step and service routine
Easypad
Touch the Service key (A) or the double arrow key (B) to go back to the menu for selecting service routines.
Touch the double arrow key (B) in the service menu to go back to the main menu.
Exception: Service routine S017
In service menu S017, touch the Service key (A) to go to the next test step in the service routine.
Title: Exit service routine test steps GALILEOS 1
Multipad
Press the Service key (A) or the up arrow key above selection field 3 (B) to go back to the menu for selecting service routines.
In the service menu, touch the up arrow key above selection field 3 (B) to go back to the main menu.
Exception: Service routine S017
In service menu S017, press the Service key (A) to go to the next test step in the service routine.
190
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS 8.4 S002: Radiation without rotary movement, selectable kV/mA level and maximum
SR*
S002
S002.5
SHZ**
Yes
8.4
S002: Radiation without rotary movement, selectable kV/mA level and maximum radiation time
S002: Radiation without rotary movement, selectable kV/mA level and maximum radiation time
Function
X-ray beam test
Long-term exposure with fixed radiation intervals from any position
* SR=service routine, ** SHZ=security access
8.4.1
S002: Test step 5
S002: Test step 5
Long-term exposure with fixed radiation intervals from any position
WARNING
Unit is radiating X-rays
Excess exposure to X-rays is detrimental to health.
➢ Use the prescribed accessories for radiation protection.
➢ Do not stay in the X-ray room during exposure. Move as far away from the unit as the coiled cable for the release button allows you to.
Selection field
1
Parameters kV/mA level
Range of values
85kV/5mA
85 kV / 7 mA*
0.1 s – 4 s* 2 Radiation time
* Factory setting
1. Call service routine S002.5 [ → 182].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
191
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.5 S005: General X-ray tube assembly service
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
2. Use the arrow keys (A) to select the required kV/mA level and the required radiation time (see table).
SR*
S005
S005.4
S005.5
S005.8
192
SA**
No
No
Yes
3. Initiate the radiation.
The maximum set radiation time has elapsed.
IMPORTANT: If you let go of the release button before the maximum radiation time has elapsed, radiation is terminated prematurely and the exposure is interrupted. The actual radiation time is
not
displayed.
When you release radiation during the cool-down interval, a countdown of the remaining waiting time is displayed in the header of the control panel or in selection field 2 on the Multipad
(automatic exposure blocking).
4. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
8.5
S005: General X-ray tube assembly service
S005: General X-ray tube assembly service
Function
General X-ray tube assembly service
Fan test
Temperature sensor test, single tank
Automatic adjustment of pulse preheating
* SR=service routine, ** SA=security access
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.5 S005: General X-ray tube assembly service
8.5.1
S005: Test step 4
S005: Test step 4
Fan test
Selection field
1
Code
00
01
Function
Fan off*
Fan on
* Factory setting
1. Call service routine S005.4 [ → 182].
2. Use the arrow keys (A) in selection field 1 to select the code "01" (see table).
3. Confirm your selection by pressing the R key (B).
The fan starts up.
4. Check the fan for running noise.
5. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
Upon exiting the service routine, the fan is automatically switched off again.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
8.5.2
S005: Test step 5
S005: Test step 5
Temperature sensor test, single tank
1. Call service routine S005.5 [ → 182].
193
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.5 S005: General X-ray tube assembly service
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
After the service routine has been selected, selection field 1 displays the single tank temperature in °C. The display is updated once per second.
2. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
8.5.3
S005: Test step 8
S005: Test step 8
IMPORTANT
After performing this service routine, the unit must be completely recalibrated.
Automatic adjustment of pulse preheating
1. Call service routine S005.8 [ → 182].
194
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.5 S005: General X-ray tube assembly service
An inactive progress indicator in selection field 1 and the message "FFFF" in selection field 2 signal that the system is ready for compensation.
2. Start the automatic adjustment by pressing and holding the release button.
IMPORTANT: Keep pressing the release button until adjustment is completed and the new offset value for preheating is displayed. If you interrupt the adjustment procedure prematurely by letting go of the release button, the message "EEEE" appears in selection field 2. This message must be acknowledged by pressing the R key.
When pressing the release button, radiation is released for 2 s to warm up the tube assembly to operating temperature. This is followed by the automatic tuning routine.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
195
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.6 S007: Error logging memory
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
A progress indicator is displayed during the service function.
3. After the adjustment has been performed, exit the service routine [ → 190].
SR*
S007
S007.1
S007.2
S007.5
196
SHZ**
No
Yes
No
8.6
S007: Error logging memory
S007: Error logging memory
Function
Error logging memory
Display error logging memory
Clearing error logging memory
Enabling CAN bus logging in the web interface
* SR=service routine, ** SHZ=security access
8.6.1
S007: Test step 1
S007: Test step 1
Display error logging memory
In addition to service routine S007.1, you can also use the extended detail query in SiXABCon to check the error logging memory.
Title only for GALILEOS
Easypad touchscreen
Symbol on the control panel
Status Function
Patient symbol key 1 (B) is selected Step width for scrolling between error events = 1*
Patient symbol key 2 (C) is selected Step width for scrolling between error events = 10
Patient symbol key 3 (D) is selected Step width for scrolling between error events = 100
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.6 S007: Error logging memory
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Multipad
1. Call service routine S007.1 [ → 182].
2. Use the arrow keys (A) in selection field 1 to select the required error event (66 in the example).
Use the patient symbol keys to set the increment for scrolling between the error numbers:
Patient symbol key 1 (left) = increment 1 (factory setting)
Patient symbol key 2 = increment 10
Patient symbol key 3 = increment 100
The LED above the selected patient symbol key is lit up.
197
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.6 S007: Error logging memory
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
2.
4. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
198
8.6.2
S007: Test step 2
S007: Test step 2
Clearing error logging memory
1. Call service routine S007.2 [ → 182].
The system's readiness to clear the memory is indicated by the display message "FFFF" in selection field 1. If the error logging memory does not contain any data, "0000" is displayed.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.6 S007: Error logging memory
2. To clear the memory, press the Memory key (A) (R key (B) (Easypad) or LED above the R key (B) (Multipad) lights up) followed by the R key
(B).
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
199
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.6 S007: Error logging memory
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Once the memory has been cleared, the message "0000" is displayed in selection field 1.
3. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
200
8.6.3
S007: Test step 5
S007: Test step 5
Enabling CAN bus logging in the web interface
NOTICE
This service routine may only be called up subject to the approval of and with the support of the Sirona Customer Service Center (CSC).
Selection field Parameters
1 WS CAN bus off
Function
Logging off*
WS CAN bus on Logging on
WS CAN bus ex. on Extended logging on
* Factory setting
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.6 S007: Error logging memory
2. Use the arrow keys (A) to select the required setting (see table).
Once the required setting has been selected, the T key (B)
(Easypad) or the LED above the T key (B) (Multipad) lights up.
3. Touch the T key (B) to enable the selected setting.
All CAN bus events occurring from now on during operation of the unit will be logged and can be displayed with a web browser (e.g.
Internet Explorer). This log will help you when consulting the
Sirona Customer Service Center (CSC) for error diagnosis.
4. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
8.6.3.1
Displaying the log with a web browser
Displaying the log with a web browser
1. Enter the following web address on a PC (with internet access) integrated in a system network:
A: IP address of the unit
201
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.6 S007: Error logging memory
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
The CAN bus browser opens.
2. In the lower area, select the "CAN bus" link.
202
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.7 S008: Update service
SR*
S008
S008.2
S008.3
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
SHZ**
No
No
The CAN bus protocol is displayed in the browser and can be saved as an HTML page, printed out, or sent to the Sirona
Customer Service Center (CSC).
8.7
S008: Update service
S008: Update service
Function
Checking the software versions
Overview of the module software versions
Input/confirm/query unit serial number
* SR=service routine, ** SHZ=security access
8.7.1
S008: Test step 2
S008: Test step 2
Overview of module software versions
Title only for GALILEOS
Easypad touchscreen
1. Call service routine S008.2 [ → 182].
203
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.7 S008: Update service
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
The software versions currently installed on the modules are displayed on an info screen on the touchscreen display.
2. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
S008_2 GALILEOS
Multipad
1. Call service routine S008.2 [ → 182].
"SYSTEMSOFTWARE" is displayed on the display line of the
Multipad.
2. Select the required module in selection field 1 with the arrow keys (A) and confirm your selection by pressing the Memory key (B).
204
The software version of the selected module is displayed in selection field 1.
3. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
8.7.2
S008: Test step 3
S008: Test step 3
Confirming the unit serial number
IMPORTANT
If the backup copy of the old unit serial number does not match the new one after replacing a module, the entry of the serial number is activated.
If an incorrect serial number is entered, the message "FFFF" appears on the display. In this case, the service routine can be run again.
1. Call service routine S008.3 [ → 182].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.8 S009: Flash file system
2. Confirm the serial number displayed by pressing the R key (A).
3. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
SR*
S009
S009.4
S009.5
S009.7
SHZ**
Yes
No
Yes
8.8
S009: Flash file system
S009: Flash file system
IMPORTANT
the error logging memory is lost.
S009 GALILEOS Function
Flash file system
Initializing the flash file system
Test flash file system
Save/restore DX89 data
* SR=service routine, ** SHZ=security access
8.8.1
S009: Test step 4
S009: Test step 4
Formatting flash file system
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
205
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.8 S009: Flash file system
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
2. To initialize the flash file system, press the Memory key (A) (R key
(Easypad) or LED above R key (Multipad) lights up) followed by the
R key (B).
206
Flash file system formatting in progress. This process takes approx. 5-6 mins and is visualized by a progress indicator.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.8 S009: Flash file system
The end of this process is indicated by the message "0000" in selection field 2.
3. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
8.8.2
S009: Test step 5
S009: Test step 5
Test flash file system
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
207
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.8 S009: Flash file system
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
2. To test the flash file system, press the Memory key (A) (R key
(Easypad) or LED above R key (Multipad) lights up) followed by the
R key (B).
208
Once the system has passed the test without errors, "OK" appears in selection field 1.
3. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.8 S009: Flash file system
8.8.3
S009: Test step 7
S009: Test step 7
Save/restore DX89 data
1. Call service routine S009.7 [ → 182].
After you select this service routine, the following can be displayed in selection field 1:
DX89 ⇒ DX11:
Data is transferred from DX89 to DX11, memory key (A)
(Easypad) or LED above the memory key (A) (Multipad) is lit up.
DX11 ⇒ DX89:
Data is transferred from DX11 to DX89, memory key (A)
(Easypad) or LED above the memory key (A) (Multipad) is lit up.
"---":
Data on both boards (DX11 and DX89) is valid or the data transfer is not possible, all keys (Easypad) or LEDs (Multipad) are not lit.
Only one practical direction of data transfer is offered at any one time. If both locations contain valid data,
"---" is displayed.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
209
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.8 S009: Flash file system
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
2. To trigger the memory process, press the Memory key (A) (R key (B)
(Easypad) or LED above the R key (B) (Multipad) lights up) followed by the R key (B).
210
The data are transferred. During the data transfer, a progress indicator is displayed in selection field 1.
3. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
SR*
S011
S011.9
S011.12
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.9 S011: Dosimetry (without ring movement)
SA**
Yes
Yes
8.9
S011: Dosimetry (without ring movement)
S011: Dosimetry (without ring movement)
WARNING
Unit is radiating X-rays
Excess exposure to X-rays is detrimental to health.
➢ Use the prescribed accessories for radiation protection.
➢ Do not stay in the X-ray room during exposure. Move as far away from the unit as the coiled cable for the release button allows you to.
S011: GALILEOS, new
Function
Dosimetry (without ring movement)
For the GALILEOS Compact and GALILEOS Comfort:
4 s continuous radiation with 85 kV/7 mA (for current measurement)
For the GALILEOS Comfort PLUS:
4 s continuous radiation with 98 kV/6 mA (for current measurement)
Dosimetry with pulsed radiation
* SR=service routine, ** SA=security access
8.9.1
S011: Test step 9
S011: Test step 9
Current measurement (unpulsed)
1. Call service routine S011.9 [ → 182].
Selection field 1 displays the kVmA level, and selection field 2 displays the maximum radiation time.
The kVmA level and the maximum radiation time are preset and cannot be changed:
– GALILEOS Compact and GALILEOS Comfort: 85 kV/7 mA/4.0 s
– GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
: 98 kV/6 mA/4.0 s
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
211
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.9 S011: Dosimetry (without ring movement)
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
2. Initiate the radiation.
The maximum set radiation time has elapsed.
IMPORTANT: If you let go of the release button before the maximum radiation time has elapsed, radiation is terminated prematurely and the exposure is interrupted. The actual radiation time is
not
displayed.
If you release radiation during the cool-down interval, a countdown of the remaining waiting time is displayed in the header of the Easypad or in selection field 2 on the Multipad
(automatic exposure blocking).
3. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
8.9.2
S011: Test step 12
S011: Test step 12
Dosimetry with pulsed radiation
1. Call service routine S011.12 [ → 182].
Selection field 1 displays the kVmA level:
– GALILEOS Compact and GALILEOS Comfort: 85 kV/42 mAs
– GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
: 98 kV/12 mAs
212
2. Initiate the radiation.
Radiation uses 200 pulses and 85 kV/42 mAs or 98 kV/12 mAs.
IMPORTANT: If you let go of the release button before the maximum radiation time has elapsed, radiation is terminated prematurely and the exposure is interrupted. The actual radiation time is
not
displayed.
If you release radiation during the cool-down interval, a countdown of the remaining waiting time is displayed in the header of the Easypad or in selection field 2 on the Multipad
(automatic exposure blocking).
3. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
SR*
S012
S012.1
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.10 S012: CAN bus service
SHZ**
No
8.10
S012: CAN bus service
S012: CAN bus service
Function
CAN bus service
Presence display of modules
* SR=service routine, ** SHZ=security access
IMPORTANT
The CAN bus service is not yet implemented for the module DX11!
8.10.1
S012: Test step 1
S012: Test step 1
Presence display of modules
Selection field Parameter/Display Range of values
DX1 - DX88 1
2
Subassembly
● Counter value of
CAN bus events
● Presence code behind the counter value:
P = module present
L = module lost
➢ Call service routine S012.1 [ → 182].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
213
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.10 S012: CAN bus service
Checking the module
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
S012.1: GALILEOS
➢ Use the arrow keys (A) in selection field 1 to select the required module.
The counter value of the CAN bus events processed so far (since the last switch-on of the unit) of the selected module is displayed in selection field 2 with the presence code of the module ("L" or
"P") (see table).
Once the module has been selected, the T key (B) (Easypad) or the LED above the T key (B) (Multipad) lights up.
214
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Clearing the counter for the module
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.10 S012: CAN bus service
1. To delete the counter, press the T key (B).
The counter is then reset to "0".
2. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
8.10.2
S012: Test step 2
S012: Test step 2
Querying the CAN status register for the modules
IMPORTANT
1. Call service routine S012.2 [ → 182].
The currently selected module is displayed in selection field 1
(DX7 in the example).
215
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.10 S012: CAN bus service
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
2. Use the arrow keys (A) in selection field 1 to select the required module.
Once the module has been selected, the T key (B) lights up.
3. Touch the T key (B).
The CAN status registers for the module called, e.g.
CAN-State
DX6
, are displayed.
If values deviate from "zero", it points to a problematic CAN bus connection.
4. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
8.10.3
S012: Test step 3
S012: Test step 3
Resetting the CAN status registers
IMPORTANT
Run this service routine as required before service routine S012.2.
216
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.10 S012: CAN bus service
1. Call service routine S012.3 [ → 182].
Once the service routine has been selected, the Memory key (A) lights up.
2. To delete the CAN bus registers, press the Memory key (A) (R key lights up) followed by the R key (B).
3. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
8.10.4
S012: Test step 4
S012: Test step 4
Display of CAN bus cycle on LEDs of modules
Selection field
1
Code
00
01
Function
LED display on the modules is switched off*
LED display on the modules is switched on
* Factory setting
1. Call service routine S012.4 [ → 182].
After selecting the service routine, selection field 1 displays the code for the current setting of the display (see table).
2. Use the arrow keys (A) in selection field 1 to select the required code and confirm your selection by pressing the T key (B).
3. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
The LEDs on the modules normally flash slowly (1 Hz) (for code 00).
When code 01 has been selected and confirmed, the CAN bus clock pulse of the TTP protocol, which is output by the master module as a broadcast with a frequency of 20 Hz, is output on the LEDs (the green life
LED flashes on DX7). Thus by "rocking through" the connectors, you can detect directly the contact loss of the module on the CAN bus. The activation or deactivation of this function simultaneously acts on all modules.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
217
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.11 S017: Configuration service
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
SR*
S017
S017.2
S017.3
S017.4
(for "GALILEOS Comfort" and
"GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
")
S017.5
(for "GALILEOS Comfort" and
"GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
")
S017.6
S017.7
S017.13
(for "GALILEOS Comfort" and
"GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
")
S017.14
(for "GALILEOS Comfort" and
"GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
")
S017.15
S017.25
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
8.11
S017: Configuration service
SA**
Yes
Yes
Yes
S017: Configuration service
Function
Unit configuration
Confirming the unit version
Enter the country group code
Select a language
Select a language set
Enable/disable the remote control
Configure the switching plate for the swivel arm
Enable/disable the welcome screen
Enable/disable certain lines of the welcome screen
Activate/deactivate the acoustic signal for end of exposure
Select the diaphragm type
* SR=service routine, ** SA=security access
8.11.1
S017: Test step 2
S017: Test step 2
Configuring the hardware version
Selection field
1
Code
0100
0500
0800
0C00
Function
GALILEOS Comfort /
GALILEOS Compact
GALILEOS Comfort /
GALILEOS Compact incl. FACESCAN
GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
FACESCAN
incl.
Factory setting for each configuration
218
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.11 S017: Configuration service
1. Call service routine S017.2 [ → 190].
Once the service routine has been selected, the code for the current setting is displayed in selection field 1.
Memory key (A) (Easypad) or the LED above Memory key (A)
(Multipad) lights up.
2. Use the arrow keys (A) to select the code for the required hardware version in selection field 1 (see table).
Once the hardware version has been selected, Memory key (B)
(Easypad) or the LED above Memory key (B) (Multipad) lights up.
4. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
219
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.11 S017: Configuration service
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8.11.2
S017: Test step 3
S017: Test step 3
Enter the country group code
Selection field
1
Code
00
01
02
03
* Factory setting
Function
Worldwide*
Asia
USA
France CTDI-DAP
Once the service routine has been selected, the code for the current setting is displayed in selection field 1.
220
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.11 S017: Configuration service
2. Use arrow keys (A) to select the required country group code in selection field 1 (see table).
Once the country group code has been selected, Memory key (B)
(Easypad) or the LED above Memory key (B) (Multipad) lights up.
4. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
8.11.3
S017: Test step 4
S017: Test step 4
Select a language
Selection field
1
10
11
12
13
04
05
06
08
Code
00
01
02
03
* Factory setting varies by order
1. Call service routine S017.4 [ → 182].
Function*
English
German
French
Italian
Dutch
Spanish
Russian
Portuguese
Chinese (PRC)
Korean
Japanese
Chinese (Taiwan)
221
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.11 S017: Configuration service
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Once the service routine has been selected, the code for the current setting is displayed in selection field 1.
222
2. Use the arrow keys (A) to select the code for the required language in selection field 1 (see table).
Once the language has been selected, the Memory key (B) lights up.
IMPORTANT: If the selected language is not in the installed language
set (S017: Test step 5 [ → 222]), "English" is set by default.
4. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
8.11.4
S017: Test step 5
S017: Test step 5
Select a language set
IMPORTANT
A software update must be performed [ → 47] every time the language
set changes, in order to install the corresponding languages in the system.
Selection field Code
1 00
01
02
03
04
05
Function*
German, English, French, Italian
German, English, French, Dutch
German, English, Spanish, Russian
German, English, Korean, Japanese
German, English, Spanish, Portuguese
German, English, Chinese (PRC),
Chinese (Taiwan)
* Factory setting varies by order
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.11 S017: Configuration service
1. Call service routine S017.5 [ → 182].
Once the service routine has been selected, the code for the current setting is displayed in selection field 1.
2. Use the arrow keys (A) to select the code for the required language set in selection field 1 (see table).
Once the language set has been selected, the Memory key (B) lights up.
4. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
8.11.5
S017: Test step 6
S017: Test step 6
Enable/disable the remote control
Selection field
1
Code
00
01
* Factory setting
Function
Remote control disabled*
Remote control enabled
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
223
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.11 S017: Configuration service
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Once the service routine has been selected, the code for the current setting is displayed in selection field 1.
2. Use arrow keys (A) to select the code for the required setting in selection field 1 (see table).
Once the required setting has been selected, Memory key (B)
(Easypad) or the LED above Memory key (B) (Multipad) lights up.
4. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
224
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.11 S017: Configuration service
8.11.6
S017: Test step 7
S017: Test step 7
Configuring the switching plate for the swivel arm
Selection field
1
Code
01
02
Function up to unit serial number 1079 unit serial number
1080 or higher*
* Factory setting
1. Call service routine S017.7 [ → 182].
Once the service routine has been selected, the code for the current setting is displayed in selection field 1.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
225
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.11 S017: Configuration service
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
2. Use arrow keys (A) to select the required country group code in selection field 1 (see table).
Once the required setting has been selected, Memory key (B)
(Easypad) or the LED above Memory key (B) (Multipad) lights up.
4. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
226
8.11.7
S017: Test step 13
S017: Test step 13
Enable/disable the welcome screen
Selection field Code
01 00
01
Function
Welcome screen disabled
Welcome screen enabled*
* Factory setting
1. Call service routine S017.13 [ → 182].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.11 S017: Configuration service
Once the service routine has been selected, the code for the current setting is displayed in selection field 1.
2. Use arrow keys (A) to select the required setting in selection field 1
(see table).
Once the required setting has been selected, the Memory key (B) lights up.
4. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
8.11.8
S017: Test step 14
S017: Test step 14
Enable/disable certain lines of the welcome screen
Selection field
1
2
4
0
1
2
3
Code
1
* Factory setting
1. Call service routine S017.14 [ → 182].
Meaning/Function
First name
Last name
Date of birth
Patient number
Inactive*
Active
227
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.11 S017: Configuration service
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Once the service routine has been selected, the code for the line currently selected is displayed in selection field 1.
2. Use the arrow keys (A) to select the required line in selection field 1
(see table).
The activation status code is displayed in selection field 2.
3. Use the arrow keys (B) to select the code for the required state of the line selected in selection field 1 in selection field 2 (see table).
Once the required setting has been selected, the Memory key (C) lights up.
5. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
228
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.11 S017: Configuration service
8.11.9
S017: Test step 15
S017: Test step 15
Selection field Code
1 00
01
Function
Acoustic signal indicating the end of the exposure is disabled
Acoustic signal indicating the end of the exposure is enabled*
* Factory setting
Activate/deactivate the acoustic signal for end of exposure
Once the service routine has been selected, the code for the current setting is displayed in selection field 1.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
229
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.11 S017: Configuration service
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
2. Use arrow keys (A) to select the required setting in selection field 1
(see table).
Once the required setting has been selected, Memory key (B)
(Easypad) or the LED above Memory key (B) (Multipad) lights up.
4. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
230
8.11.10
S017: Test step 25
S017: Test step 25
Select the diaphragm type
Selection field
1
Code
00
01
02
03
07
Function
Type 1 diaphragm
("GALILEOS Compact")
Type 1/Type 2 diaphragm
("GALILEOS Comfort")
Type 3 diaphragm
("GALILEOS Compact")*
Type 3 diaphragm
("GALILEOS Comfort")**
Type 3 diaphragm
("GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
")***
* Factory setting for GALILEOS Compact
** Factory setting for GALILEOS Comfort
*** Factory setting for GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
1. Call service routine S017.25. [ → 182]
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.11 S017: Configuration service
Once the service routine has been selected, the code for the current setting is displayed in selection field 1.
2. Use arrow keys (A) to select the required code in selection field 1 (see table).
Once the required setting has been selected, Memory key (B)
(Easypad) or the LED above Memory key (B) (Multipad) lights up.
4. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
231
SR*
S018
S018.2
S018.3
S018.4
S018.5
S018.6
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.12 S018: Service for height adjustment
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
No
No
No
No
No
SA**
8.12
S018: Service for height adjustment
S018: Service for height adjustment
Function
Service for height adjustment
Set the maximum travel height
Undo the maximum travel height setting
Check the height adjustment sensor system
Setting the minimum travel height
Undoing the minimum travel height setting
* SR=service routine, ** SHZ=security access
8.12.1
S018: Test step 2
S018: Test step 2
Set the maximum travel height
1. Move the unit to the required maximum travel height by pressing the
Up/Down keys in the user mode on the control panel.
2. Call service routine S018.2 [ → 182].
Once the service routine has been selected, the current height position is displayed in selection field 1.
Memory key (B) (Easypad) or the LED above Memory key (B)
(Multipad) lights up.
232
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.12 S018: Service for height adjustment
3. To save the maximum travel height, press Memory key (B) (R key (C) lights up) followed by R key (C).
4. Set the mechanical limit stop at the unit:
Loosen nut (D) and move mechanical limit stop (E) for the limit switch until it engages. Tighten nut (D) again.
The next time the UP key is pressed, the unit stops 10 mm below the limit switch.
5. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
8.12.2
S018: Test step 3
S018: Test step 3
Undo the maximum travel height setting
Once the service routine has been selected, the current height position is displayed in selection field 1.
233
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.12 S018: Service for height adjustment
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Memory key (B) (Easypad) or the LED above Memory key (B)
(Multipad) lights up.
2. To undo the maximum travel height setting, press Memory key (B) (R key (C (Easypad) or LED above R key (C) lights up) followed by R key
(C).
3. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
234
8.12.3
S018: Test step 4
S018: Test step 4
Check the height adjustment sensor system
This service routine is used to move the unit up or down as far as the limit switches using the Up/Down keys on the control panel. The "soft limit positions" set by the software are ignored in this case.
Display on the control panel
Patient symbol key 1
Status lit not lit
Meaning
Patient symbol key 2
Patient symbol key 3 lit not lit lit not lit
Correction switch activated
Correction switch not activated
Lower limit switch activated
Lower limit switch not activated
Upper limit switch activated
Upper limit switch not activated
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.12 S018: Service for height adjustment
Once the service routine has been selected, the current height position is displayed in selection field 1.
Patient symbol keys 1 to 3 (F) show the switching state of the limit switches (see table).
If the patient symbol key (Easypad) or the LED above the patient symbol key (Multipad) is lit, the corresponding switch is activated, i.e. the unit is at a position value greater than 1500.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
2. Use the UP/DOWN keys on the control panel to move the unit up and down and use the patient symbol keys (F) to check the switching states.
3. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
8.12.4
S018: Test step 5
S018: Test step 5
Setting the minimum travel height
Setting the minimum travel height is possible only for a unit height that is below the lower correction switch level (< position value of 1500)!
1. In user mode, move the unit to the required minimum travel height by pressing the Up/Down keys (A).
2. Call service routine S018.5 [ → 182].
Once the service routine has been selected, the current height position is displayed in selection field 1.
Memory key (B) (Easypad) or the LED above Memory key (B)
(Multipad) lights up.
235
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.12 S018: Service for height adjustment
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3. To save the maximum travel height, press Memory key (B) (R key (C) lights up) followed by R key (C).
4. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
The limitation of the minimum travel height is purely software based. The lower limit switch is not mechanically adapted to the new minimum travel height!
236
8.12.5
S018: Test step 6
S018: Test step 6
Undoing the minimum travel height setting
Once the service routine has been selected, the current height position is displayed in selection field 1.
Memory key (B) (Easypad) or the LED above Memory key (B)
(Multipad) lights up.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.13 S037: Network service
2. To undo the minimum travel height setting, press Memory key (B) (R key (C (Easypad) or LED above R key (C) lights up) followed by R key
(C).
3. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
SR*
S037
S037.1
S037.2
S037.3
S037.4
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
SA**
8.13
S037: Network service
S037: Network service
Function
Network service
Displaying the network data
Delete network addresses or set them to factory defaults
Set boot mode: DYNAMIC (DHCP/AutoIP) / STATIC (fixed address)
Manual input of static network settings (IP address, default gateway address, and subnet mask)
* SR=service routine, ** SHZ=security access
8.13.1
S037: Test step 1
S037: Test step 1
Displaying the network data
S037_1 GALILEOS
If all network data is set to default, the system is in UDP boot mode.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
237
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.13 S037: Network service
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Symbol on the control panel
(LED above) patient symbol key 1 (A)
(LED above) patient symbol key 2 (B)
(LED above) patient symbol key 3 (C)
Status lit lit lit
Meaning
The IP address is displayed in selection field 1*
The default gateway is displayed in selection field 1
The subnet mask is displayed in selection field 1
* Factory setting
Selection field Parameter/Display Meaning
1 IP address, default gateway, or subnet mask of the unit
2 default static
Fixed address*
Fixed address, modified setting dynamic Automatic address assignment
* Factory setting
1. Call service routine S037.1 [ → 182].
Once the service routine has been selected, the IP address of the unit is displayed in selection field 1.
Easypad:
"Default", "static" or "dynamic" is displayed in selection field 2 (see table).
238
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.13 S037: Network service
2. You can display various items of network data in selection field 1 by pressing the patient symbol keys (A, B, or C) (see table).
The patient symbol key selected in each case (Easypad) or the
LED above the patient symbol key selected in each case
(Multipad) lights up.
3. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
8.13.2
S037: Test step 2
S037: Test step 2
Setting the default IP address, default gateway address and default subnet mask
S037.2 GALILEOS
IMPORTANT
The network address can only be restored to the factory setting (default value) in fixed address boot mode (STATIC or no DHCP).
Symbol on the control panel
(LED above) patient symbol key 1 (A)
(LED above) patient symbol key 2 (B)
(LED above) patient symbol key 3 (C)
Status lit lit lit
Meaning
The IP address is displayed in selection field 1*
The default gateway is displayed in selection field 1
The subnet mask is displayed in selection field 1
1. Call service routine S037.2 [ → 182].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
239
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.13 S037: Network service
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Once the service routine has been selected, the network data is displayed as in test step 1.
Easypad:
The Memory key and the R key also become visible.
The Memory key (Easypad) or the LED above the Memory key
(Multipad) lights up.
2. Before restoring the factory settings, check the network data that is still in the system:
A = Show IP address
B = Show default gateway
C = Show subnet mask
The patient symbol key selected in each case (Easypad) or the
LED above the patient symbol key selected in each case
(Multipad) lights up.
240
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.13 S037: Network service
3. To reset the network data, press Memory key (E) (R key (Easypad) or LED above R key (Multipad) lights up) followed by R key (F).
The default network data (factory default setting) is displayed. To switch between the display of the different network data, proceed as in test step 1.
4. Perform a restart of the device.
5. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
8.13.3
S037: Test step 3
S037: Test step 3
Configuring boot mode
S037.3 GALILEOS
Selection field
1
Parameter
DYNAMIC
STATIC
Meaning
Automatic address assignment
(DHCP/AutoIP)
Fixed address*
* Factory setting
1. Call service routine S037.3 [ → 182].
241
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.13 S037: Network service
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Once the service routine has been selected, the current boot mode of the unit is displayed in selection field 1.
242
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.13 S037: Network service
2. Use arrow keys (A) to select the required boot mode "automatic address assignment" (DYNAMIC) or "fixed address" (STATIC) in selection field 1 (see table).
Memory key (B) (Easypad) or the LED above Memory key (B)
(Multipad) lights up.
4. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
8.13.4
S037: Test step 4
S037: Test step 4
Manual input of static network settings (IP address, default gateway address, and subnet mask)
S037.4 GALILEOS
This service routine cannot run in DYNAMIC mode (T key is blocked).
Symbol on the control panel
(LED above) patient symbol key 1 (A)
Status Function lit
(LED above) patient symbol key 2 (B) lit
The IP address is displayed in selection field 1* or - after pressing the T key - number pad B1 is selected
The default gateway is displayed in selection field 1 or - after pressing the T key - number pad B2 is selected
243
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.13 S037: Network service
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Symbol on the control panel
(LED above) patient symbol key 3 (C)
(LED above) patient symbol key 4 (D)
Status lit
Function
The subnet mask is displayed in selection field 1 or - after pressing the T key - number pad B3 is selected or - after pressing the T key - number pad B4 is selected
* Factory setting
Selection field Parameter/Display Meaning
1 IP address, default gateway, or subnet mask of the unit
2 or - after pressing the T key - selected digit default Fixed address* static dynamic
Fixed address, modified setting
Automatic address assignment
* Factory setting
1. Call service routine S037.4 [ → 182].
244
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.13 S037: Network service
Once the service routine has been selected, the IP address of the unit is displayed in selection field 1.
Easypad:
"DEFAULT", "STATIC" or "DYNAMIC" is displayed in selection field 2 (see table).
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
2. You can display various items of network data in selection field 1 by pressing the patient symbol keys (A, B, or C) (see table).
The patient symbol key selected in each case (Easypad) or the
LED above the patient symbol key selected in each case
(Multipad) lights up.
3. To change the selected parameter, first press the T key (E).
4. Now use the patient symbol keys to select the required number pad
1-4 (A-D) (see also table):
A = Number pad B1
B = Number pad B2
C = Number pad B3
D = Number pad B4
The patient symbol key selected in each case (Easypad) or the
LED above the patient symbol key selected in each case
(Multipad) lights up.
245
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.13 S037: Network service
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
The digit currently selected for changing is displayed in selection field 1 ("Digit No. 3" in the example).
Important: The number of the digit always refers to the currently selected number pad.
The current value of the corresponding digit is displayed in selection field 2 ("2" in the example).
246
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.13 S037: Network service
5. Use arrow keys (E) to select the digit to be changed in selection field
1 ("Digit No. 12" in the example).
The corresponding patient symbol key (D) or the LED above the corresponding patient symbol key (D) lights up.
Selection field 2 displays the value of the currently selected digit.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
247
8 Perform service routines via the control panel
8.13 S037: Network service
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
6. To change the value for the digit, use arrow keys (F) in selection field
2.
Memory key (G) (Easypad) or the LED above Memory key (G)
(Multipad) lights up.
8. Exit the service routine [ → 190].
9. Perform a restart of the device.
248
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9
Repair
Repair
DANGER
Perilous shock hazard!
It is essential to switch the unit off and to wait at least 1 minute, or 4 minutes if disconnecting the tube assembly (cable L3), before starting the repair or taking off a cover panel!
When replacing parts in the vicinity of the power connection, power switch, board DX32 or X-ray tube assembly, the unit must be disconnected from the junction box of the main building!
CAUTION
Make sure to reattach all ground cables to ensure correct grounding of all modules.
CAUTION
Product safety
Modifications to this unit which might affect the safety of the system owner, patients or other persons are prohibited by law! For reasons of product safety, this product may be operated only with original Sirona accessories or third-party accessories expressly approved by Sirona.
The user is responsible for any damage resulting from the use of nonapproved accessories.
NOTICE
Do not damage the cables
Be careful not to kink the cables when removing or installing them. Take particular care with fiber-optic cables L5, L6, L7, and L15. Tighten cable ties only as far as the contact and do not apply force.
NOTICE
Risk of damage to boards
Please observe the usual precautionary measures for handling printed circuit boards (ESD). Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before touching any boards.
IMPORTANT
After replacing boards or modules containing boards, check to make sure that the software version of the module corresponds to the current software status of the system. The software versions of the modules can be queried by running service routine S008.2 or using the extended detail query in SiXABCon. You can also check the info screen in advance to determine whether the current software constellation is permissible. If this is not the case, the version number of the entire software is labeled with an asterisk (e.g. V03.03.01*).
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
249
9 Repair
9.1 Safety checks
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
IMPORTANT
When replacing modules, be sure to note which ones contain boards and follow the instructions in the section titled Measures following replacement of boards. Also check whether the current software CD or the SIRONA dealer page contains any additional more up-to-date information about module replacement.
Be sure to follow the instructions about how to proceed following module replacement. You will find this information at the end of each set of repair instructions.
9.1
Safety checks
After implementing repair work, protective conductors and device leakage current checks must be carried out (see the sections on "Checking protective conductor" and "Checking device leakage current").
9.2
Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle
Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle
9.2.1
Preparing for motor replacement
Preparing for motor replacement
1. Switch the unit on.
2. Use the Up/Down keys on the control panel to move the slide up.
3. Switch the unit off again.
4. Remove the covers:
– Intermediate piece
– Profile covers (top and bottom)
Tip: While loosening the screws, press the top profile cover down towards the unit and allow it to slide down once the screws are loose.
– Arm cover
– Slide cover rear, center
– Slide cover rear, top
– Slide cover rear, bottom and
– Slide cover front.
Tip: If the height adjustment motor is inoperative, you can also move the slide manually [ → 251].
250
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Move the slide
9 Repair
9.2 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle
9.2.1.1
9.2.1.1.1
Moving the slide manually
Moving the slide manually
CAUTION
Risk of injury due to uncontrolled movement of the slide
If the slide can no longer be moved electrically, it must be moved mechanically.
The position of the slide must be secured to ensure that no uncontrolled downward movement occurs during service, in cases where the carriage has fewer self-locking properties.
For this purpose, Sirona recommends using the free height adjustment service kit, REF. 62 57 518. This service kit is used to prevent automatic downward movement of the slide during service by fixing the slide and the spindle holder.
The clamp (A) should be clamped under the slide. The locking pin (B) is used to secure the spindle holder against twisting.
It must be ensured that no one is located underneath the ring arm during the repair.
Moving the slide with the "height adjustment" service kit, REF. 62
57 518
Moving the slide with the "height adjustment" service kit, REF. 62 57 518
1. Insert the clamp through the opening (A) in the stand and rotate it 90°.
Tighten the nut securely.
C
C
D
2. Loosen the two screws (C) and remove the cover (D).
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
251
9 Repair
9.2 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3. Remove the 1st screw (E) on the spindle holder (F).
F
E
4. Insert the locking pin (B) into this opening.
5. Remove the 2nd screw (E) on the spindle holder.
6. Attach the socket wrench (SW19) to the spindle. Remove the locking pin and then turn the slide up to the desired height using the socket wrench.
Clockwise rotation of spindle = slide moves up
Counterclockwise rotation of spindle = slide moves down
7. Reinsert the locking pin.
Locking the slide
Move the slide
C
C
D
9.2.1.1.2
➢ Now move the clamp (A) directly underneath the slide.
The slide is now locked in this position for further repair work.
Moving the slide without the "height adjustment" service kit, REF.
62 57 518
Moving the slide without the "height adjustment" service kit, REF. 62 57 518
1. Loosen the two screws (C) and remove the cover (D).
252
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.2 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle
2. Loosen the 1st of the two screws (E) on the spindle holder (F).
F
E
Locking the slide
3. Attach the socket wrench (SW19) to the spindle. Hold it firmly in place while you unscrew the 2nd of the two screws (E).
CAUTION! If the socket wrench has to be reset, secure the spindle holder against turning, e.g. by using a screw.
4. Rotate the spindle holder using a socket wrench (SW19) to move the slide to the required height.
Clockwise rotation of spindle = slide moves up
Counterclockwise rotation of spindle = slide moves down
5. After reaching the desired target position, secure the position again using the two screws (E).
CAUTION! Before replacing the height adjustment motor, the slide must be secured in this position.
Locking the slide: GALILEOS
1. Make a mark at the position of the upper limit stop.
2. Loosen nut (G) on the upper profile clamp (H) and remove the upper limit stop (J) from the stand.
3. Install limit stop (J) above the lower limit stop so that there is a
distance of 31 cm
between the upper edge of the upper screw on board DX41 and the lower edge of the limit stop.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
253
9 Repair
9.2 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9.2.2
Removing board DX32
2. Move the stand to a height of 1260 (control panel display)
3. Disconnect the unit from the power supply system.
4. Remove the cable ties (A) from cable L2.
5. Loosen all the left-hand screws (B) of the protective plates (E).
254
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.2 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle
H
L3
DX32
E
X1
X2
G
F
L3
I
Removing the spindle
X100
L2
6. Unscrew the remaining screws from the protective plates (E).
7. Remove the covering plates (E) (top and bottom) from the connection box (F) of board DX32.
8. Cable L3 can stay on the top covering plate (E) (remove any possible shield terminal).
Tip: The covering plate can be folded away simply at the sides and put away in the stand sideways (to protect against scratches suitable padding should be put in between.).
9. Remove connector X2 from board DX32 and remove the protective conductor.
10. Remove cable L2 from terminal X100 and pull it downwards from out of the connection box (F).
11. Remove connector X1 from board DX32.
12. Loosen the two left-hand screws (G).
13. Loosen the two screws on the right (I) and remove the connection box including board DX32.
9.2.3
Replacing the height adjustment motor/spindle
Replacing the height adjustment motor/spindle
1. Loosen the two screws (E) on the spindle holder (F) (if you have not already done so) [ → 251].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
255
9 Repair
9.2 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
2. Turn spindle holder (D) (with an 18 mm A/F socket wrench) counterclockwise until the motor comes to rest on the limit stop and spindle (L) has been turned all the way out of the motor.
3. Remove the straight pin (K).
4. Remove the spindle (L).
Tip: First, pull spindle (L) downward along the motor, and then diagonally upward and out of the unit.
Removing the defective motor 1. Pull the pulse generator cable connector X402 off board DX1.
2. Detach the motor cable from the cable harness and carefully pull it out of the stand.
3. Pull the motor connecting cable off of the filter.
4. Loosen the three screws (M).
5. Remove the motor while carefully pulling the motor cable out of the stand.
Inserting the dampers
➢ Attach the new rubber pads (N) to the new motor.
They are included in the scope of supply of a new HA motor.
Installing the new motor
256
Install the height adjustment motor in the reverse order of removal.
Please observe the following:
Nuts: When fastening the motor, make sure that all three screws are tightened uniformly and protrude approx. 3 mm out of the nut.
Acorn nuts: If acorn nuts have been installed in the unit, turn the acorn nuts to the end stop.
CAUTION! Do not forget to reattach all connectors or cables, route them in their original position and reattach all cable ties and cable clamps.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Final work
9 Repair
9.2 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle
Make sure that none of the cables are crushed by the cover plates of the
DX32 connection box.
With the "height adjustment" service kit
1. After reinstalling the spindle, screw the first of the two screws (E) back into the spindle holder.
2. Then remove the locking pin and screw in the second of the two screws (E).
3. Attach the cover (D).
4. Remove the clamp (A).
5. Only then should you check the travel function of the slide.
Without the "height adjustment" service kit
1. Attach the spindle holder (F) with the two screws (E).
2. Attach the cover (D).
3. Reattach the upper limit stop to the previously marked position.
4. Only then should you check the travel function of the slide.
9.2.4
Laying of cables when replacing the height adjustment motor
2. Connect the protective ground wire (P) and lay it as shown in the photo.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
257
9 Repair
9.2 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3. Attach cable L2 first to the lower strain relief (photo on the left) and then to the upper strain relief (photo on the right) (Q) of board DX32.
4. Connect cable L2 to board DX32 (R) and attach the protective ground wire (S).
258
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.2 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle
5. Run cable L3 (T) and the motor cable (U) around the height adjustment motor.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
259
9 Repair
9.2 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
260
6. Lay the motor cable in the cable harness (V) on the rear of the unit and secure in position with the cable clamps.
7. Route the cable into the arm.
IMPORTANT: The green mark must lie in the recess (X).
8. Plug connector X402 (W) into board DX1.
9.2.5
What has to be done after replacing the height adjustment motor (M1_4) or the spindle?
What has to be done after replacing the height adjustment motor (M1_4) or the spindle?
1. After inserting the new spindle above and below the height adjustment motor, grease it thoroughly with Chesterton 622.
2. Use the Up/Down keys on the control panel to check the function of the height adjustment motor.
3. Reset the travel height.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Removing the covers
Removing the defective motor
9.3
Ring motor (M1_3)
Ring motor (M1_3)
9.3.1
Replacing the ring motor
Replacing the ring motor
➢ Remove the "arm cover".
F
A
D
X813
B
E
C
9 Repair
9.3 Ring motor (M1_3)
X804
Installing the new motor
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
1. Detach the motor cable from the cable harness and pull it off of connector X813 on board DX1.
2. Loosen the four screws (A) on the ring motor and remove the motor including the screws and the serrated washers (B).
1. Insert the new motor including coupling and absorber in the ring.
Tip: While inserting the motor, turn it back and forth slightly until the pinion engages in the ring gear.
2. Use the screws (A) and serrated washers (B) to screw the new motor onto the motor support ring.
261
9 Repair
9.3 Ring motor (M1_3)
Attaching the covers
Removing the covers
Removing the motor
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3. Run the ring motor cable along its original path and plug it back into connector X813 on board DX1.
IMPORTANT: Don't forget to reattach all cable ties and clamps.
➢ Reattach the covers.
9.3.2
Replacing the pinion at the ring motor
Replacing the pinion at the ring motor
➢ Remove the "arm cover".
➢ Remove the ring motor as described in the chapter Replacing the ring motor [ → 261] .
A
B
A
C
B
B
Replacing the pinion
262
1. Loosen the set screws (A) and pull off the defective pinion (B).
2. IMPORTANT: Ensure that the pinion is seated in the coupling so that the set screws (A) are sitting on the flattened surface (C) of the pinion
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Installing the motor
Attaching the covers
9 Repair
9.3 Ring motor (M1_3) during subsequent tightening to prevent the pinion from turning.
Insert the new pinion.
3. IMPORTANT: Apply Loctite 242 to the set screws (B) before tightening.
Retighten the set screws (A).
➢ Reinsert the motor in the ring, route the cable and connect the motor
as described in the chapter Replacing the ring motor [ → 261] .
➢ Reattach the covers.
9.3.3
Laying of cables when replacing the ring motor
Laying of cables when replacing the ring motor
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
263
9 Repair
9.4 Rotary knob on the swivel arm
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
1. Lay the cable (G) parallel to cable L3 and secure it with the clamps.
2. Plug connectors X804 (I) and X813 (H) into board DX1.
9.3.4
What has to be done after replacing the ring motor
(M1_3)/pinion?
What has to be done after replacing the ring motor (M1_3)/pinion?
1. Check the function of the ring motor.
2. Perform complete unit adjustment or calibration [ → 145].
9.4
Rotary knob on the swivel arm
Rotary knob on the swivel arm
9.4.1
Replacing the rotary knob
Replacing the rotary knob
Removing the rotary knob
Attaching the rotary knob
264
1. Slide the plastic ring (A) toward the rear.
2. Turn the rotary knob and find the opening (B).
If no opening (B) appears, you can now simply pull off the rotary knob.
or
➢
, if an opening appears: Loosen setscrew (C) with an Allen key
(2mm).
3. Pull the rotary knob off.
Install the rotary knob by performing the steps above for dismantling in reverse order.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9.5
Control panel
Control panel
9.5.1
Replacing Easypad or Multipad user interface
Replacing Easypad or Multipad user interface
IMPORTANT
GALILEOS Compact: Multipad
GALILEOS Comfort/GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
: Easypad
9 Repair
9.5 Control panel
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Multipad
Easypad
A
1. Press into slit (A) of the housing cover with a screwdriver (do not pry!) and remove the defective user interface from the control panel.
2. Pull cables L9 and L10 off of connectors X102 (L9) and X103 (L10) on board DX7 (Easypad, "GALILEOS Comfort/GALILEOS
Comfort
PLUS
") or DX71 (Multipad, "GALILEOS Compact") of the defective user interface.
3. Plug the cables into connectors X102 (L9) and X103 (L10) of board
DX7 (Easypad, "GALILEOS Comfort/GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
") or
DX71 (Multipad, "GALILEOS Compact") on the new user interface.
4. Clip the new user interface onto the control panel.
265
9 Repair
9.5 Control panel
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5. Update the nameplate at the control panel cover.
To do so, affix the supplied label as shown in the figure.
Easypad only
266
9.5.1.1
6. For "GALILEOS Comfort" (Easypad) only: Cable L10 (green cable) must be equipped with ferrite core (B), unless this has already been done.
What has to be done after replacing the user interface?
IMPORTANT: So that the board is also replaced with the user interface,
1. Check that the user interface and the display elements are functioning correctly: When the unit is switched on, all of the display elements must light up briefly.
2. Perform a software update to the latest version [ → 47].
GALILEOS with Easypad
Following replacement of the user interface, the language set on board
DX7 is set to the factory setting by default (00 = German, English, French,
Italian). If the configured unit language set (which can be queried by running service routine S017.5 or using the “extended detail query“ in
SiXABCon) has a configuration other than 00, this configuration will be copied to board DX7 by the update function.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.5 Control panel
9.5.2
Laying of cables when replacing the user interface
Laying of cables when replacing the user interface
Easypad
1. Plug the green cable L10 (A) into connector X103 on board DX7.
2. Plug the gray cable L9 (B) into connector X102 on board DX7.
Laying of cables: Multipad
Multipad
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
1. Plug the green cable L10 (D) into connector X103 on board DX71.
2. Plug the gray cable L9 (C) into connector X102 on board DX71.
267
9 Repair
9.6 X-ray tube unit
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Removing the covers
Removing the diaphragm unit
9.6
X-ray tube unit
X-ray tube unit
DANGER
Perilous shock hazard!
It is essential to switch the unit off and to wait at least another 4 minutes before starting the repair or taking off a cover panel!
GALILEOS compatibility information
IMPORTANT
Note compatibility between X-ray tube assembly and unit class
GALILEOS Compact/Comfort:
– X-ray tube assembly with Toshiba magnet bore DO 56 (0x02)
– X-ray tube assembly with Toshiba magnet bore D151R (0x03)
GALILEOS Comfort PLUS:
– X-ray tube assembly with Siemens magnet bore SR 120/15/60
9.6.1
Replacing the X-ray tube assembly (GALILEOS Compact/
GALILEOS Comfort)
Replacing the X-ray tube assembly (GALILEOS Compact/GALILEOS Comfort)
1. Pull off the adjusting knob with the silicone ring.
2. Remove the "Tube assembly" and "Rear tube assembly" covers [ → 36].
Removing the GAX5/7 diaphragm unit: GALILEOS, new
1. Turn the rotating element so that the tube assembly (as viewed from the front) is located on the right side of the unit (i.e. not above the swivel arm).
268
2. Loosen the two lower screws (A) (approx. 2 to 3 turns).
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.6 X-ray tube unit
3. Push the diaphragm (B) upward and then toward the front.
Removing the defective X-ray tube assembly
1. Loosen the four screws (A) and remove cover plate (B) incl. the cable shielding (L3). Caution! Also pull cable L3 off connector X3 and the ground cable off connector X304 on board DX6.
Tip: The ferrite core and cable shielding can remain on the cover plate.
2. Detach cables L5, L6 and L15 from the rubber grommets and pull the cables off of sockets J6 (L5), J2-J3 (L6) and J5 (L15) on board DX6.
Installing the new tube assembly
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
3. Loosen the two rear screws (C) on the tube assembly.
4. CAUTION! The tube assembly is heavy!
Hold the tube assembly firmly in place, loosen the two front screws
(D) (3-4 turns) and remove the tube assembly toward the front.
Installing the tube assembly: GALILEOS, new
1. Hang the new tube assembly on the two front screws (D) of the rotating unit and tighten them securely.
2. Insert the two rear screws (C) and tighten them firmly.
3. Plug cables L3, L5, L6 and L15 as well as the ground cable back onto board DX6 and reattach the cables to the rubber grommets.
269
9 Repair
9.6 X-ray tube unit
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Installing the diaphragm unit
Attaching the covers
Removing the covers
Removing the diaphragm unit
4. Reattach the cover plate.
Installing the diaphragm unit: GALILEOS, new
➢ To install the diaphragm, follow the procedure for removing it in reverse order.
IMPORTANT
Note the order for installing the filters!
The image quality will be impaired if the filters are installed in the wrong sequence. Insert the aluminum filter (D) first, followed by the copper filter
(M).
Attaching the tube assembly covers: GALILEOS, new
➢ Reattach the covers.
➢ NOTICE! Do not force on the adjusting knob. Make sure the locking function of the adjusting knob works properly when setting the button in place.
Set the adjusting knob in place with the silicone ring.
9.6.2
Replacing the X-ray tube assembly (GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS)
Replacing the X-ray tube assembly (GALILEOS Comfort PLUS)
1. Pull off the adjusting knob with the silicone ring.
2. Remove the "Tube assembly" and "Rear tube assembly" covers [ → 36].
➢ Turn the rotating element so that the tube assembly (as viewed from the front) is located on the right side of the unit (i.e. not above the swivel arm).
270
1. Loosen the two lower screws (A) (approx. 2 to 3 turns).
2. Push the diaphragm (B) upward and then toward the front.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Removing the defective X-ray tube assembly
B
A
A
A
A
9 Repair
9.6 X-ray tube unit
1. Loosen the four screws (A) and remove cover plate (B) incl. the cable shielding (L3). Caution! Also pull cable L3 off connector X3 and the ground cable off connector X304 on board DX6.
Tip: The ferrite core and cable shielding can remain on the cover plate.
2. Detach cables L5, L6, and L15 from the rubber grommets and pull the cables off of sockets J103 (L5), J100-J101 (L6), and J104 (L15) on board DX6.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
271
9 Repair
9.6 X-ray tube unit
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
D
C
D
C
Moving the cover plate
3. Loosen the two rear screws (C) on the tube assembly.
4. CAUTION! The tube assembly is heavy!
Hold the tube assembly firmly in place, loosen the two front screws
(D) (3-4 turns) and remove the tube assembly toward the front.
E
F
272
1. Loosen the four screws (E) and remove the cover plate (F) from the old X-ray tube assembly.
2. Install the cover plate on the new X-ray tube assembly.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Installing the new tube assembly
Installing the diaphragm unit
Attaching the covers
9 Repair
9.6 X-ray tube unit
1. Hang the new tube assembly on the two front screws (D) of the rotating unit and tighten them securely.
2. Insert the two rear screws (C) and tighten them firmly.
3. Plug cables L3, L5, L6 and L15 as well as the ground cable back onto board DX6 and reattach the cables to the rubber grommets.
4. Reattach the cover plate.
➢ To install the diaphragm, follow the procedure for removing it in reverse order.
➢ Reattach the covers.
➢ NOTICE! Do not force on the adjusting knob. Make sure the locking function of the adjusting knob works properly when setting the button in place.
Set the adjusting knob in place with the silicone ring.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
273
9 Repair
9.6 X-ray tube unit
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9.6.3
Cables and connectors for replacement of the X-ray tube assembly
274
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.6 X-ray tube unit
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
275
9 Repair
9.6 X-ray tube unit
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
276
A
B
C
P
E
F
G
H
Cable L5 → Socket J6/J103 on board DX6
Cable L6 → Socket J2/J100 or J3/J101 on board DX6
Ground cable → Connector X304 (GALILEOS Compact or
GALILEOS Comfort) or X103 (GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
) on board DX6
Cable L3 → Connector X3 on board DX6
Laying cables correctly on the cover plate
Cable L15 → Socket J5/J104 on board DX6
Cable routed on left side of tube assembly:
2x L21 and L20
Cable L12 routed on right side of tube assembly.
9.6.4
What has to be done after replacing the X-ray tube assembly?
What has to be done after replacing the X-ray tube assembly?
IMPORTANT
Since board DX6 is also replaced with the tube assembly, you MUST
1. Perform a complete unit adjustment or calibration [ → 145].
2. Perform an acceptance test (for Germany only) without calling in an expert.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.7 Fan (X-ray tube assembly)
9.7
Fan (X-ray tube assembly)
Fan (X-ray tube assembly)
9.7.1
Replacing the fan
Replacing the fan
IMPORTANT
As the X-ray tube assembly has to be disassembled when replacing the
fan, the unit must be fully readjusted (recalibrated) [ → 145] after
replacing the fan.
1. Disassemble the tube assembly.
E
2.
Only for GALILEOS Comfort PLUS:
Loosen the four screws (E) and remove the cover plate (F).
Unscrew the four spacers (G).
F
G
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
277
9 Repair
9.7 Fan (X-ray tube assembly)
A
B
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3. NOTICE! Cable! Loosen the four screws (A) and carefully remove the cover plate (B) including the fan.
278
4. Pull the fan cable off connector X2 on board DX6.
5. Loosen the four screws (C) and remove the faulty fan from the cover plate.
6. Install the new fan, the cover plates, and the tube assembly following the dismantling procedure in reverse order.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.8 X-ray detector
9.7.2
What has to be done after replacing the fan?
What has to be done after replacing the fan?
Replacing the fan on tube assembly 1.0
➢ Check the function of the fan using service routine S005.4 [ → 193].
Replacing the fan on tube assembly 2.0
1. Check the function of the fan using service routine S005.4 [ → 193].
2. Perform a complete unit adjustment or calibration. [ → 145]
Removing the covers
Remove cable
2. Perform a complete unit adjustment or calibration. [ → 145]
9.8
X-ray detector
X-ray detector
IMPORTANT
For the GALILEOS Comfort PLUS, an X-ray detector with a serial number ≥ 6000 must be installed.
9.8.1
Replace X-ray detector
Replace X-ray detector
IMPORTANT
For FaceScan units:
The FaceScan must be removed [ → 285] from units with FaceScan
fitted before the X-ray detector can be replaced.
➢ Remove the "x-ray detector cover".
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
279
9 Repair
9.8 X-ray detector
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
1. CAUTION! Risk of injury! The cover plate may have sharp edges.
Carefully pull cover plate (A) upwards to remove it from the X-ray detector.
2. Loosen the screws (B) and (C), as well as clamps (D) and (E).
3. Remove cable L13 from connector X201 (F) on board DX89.
Removing the X-ray detector
4. NOTICE! Make sure that the grounding cable does not slip into the ring. Secure it with a cable tie or piece of adhesive tape if necessary.
Loosen screw (G) and disconnect the grounding cable (H).
➢ CAUTION! The x-ray detector is heavy!
Loosen the screw (J), swing the X-ray detector slightly upwards and lift it out of the holder on the ring.
IMPORTANT: Depending on the unit hardware version involved, there may be a second screw located on the side opposite screw (J).
If so, this screw(*) must be loosened in order to remove the X-ray detector. This second screw does not have to be used during reassembly.
Installing the X-ray detector
280
1. Hook the new x-ray detector into holder (K) from above, using the ring on the unit. The dead weight of the X-ray detector will cause it to tilt into the correct position.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
2. Secure it in place using the screw (J).
9 Repair
9.8 X-ray detector
3. CAUTION! Risk of injury! The cover plate may have sharp edges.
Carefully pull the cover plate (K) upwards to remove it from the X-ray detector.
4. Plug cable L13 (from the ring) onto connector X201 on PCB DX89 and use the two screws to secure it.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
281
9 Repair
9.8 X-ray detector
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5. Connect the grounding cable from the ring with screw (G) as well as with washer (L), serrated washer (M) and contact washer (N).
282
6. NOTICE! Ensure that cable L13 is correctly laid in the nut (O) of the
X-ray detector.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.8 X-ray detector
Route the cable L13 as illustrated in the diagram, and attach the cover shielding on the X-ray detector housing using the 2 clamps (D) and screws (B).
Depending on the unit hardware version, the brackets on your unit may differ slightly from those shown.
7. Secure the cable with clamp (E) and screw (C).
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
8. Re-attach the cover plate (A).
283
9 Repair
9.8 X-ray detector
Attaching the covers
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
1. Remove the plastic cap (P) in front of the input window of the new Xray detector.
Depending on the hardware version of your unit, the plastic cap may differ slightly from the one shown in this diagram.
2. Use the two screws (Q) to attach the lower cover part to the X-ray detector.
3. NOTICE! The tab on the upper cover part must be pushed underneath the ring cover. Then place the upper cover part on the lower one and screw it tight using the four screws (R) as well as a fifth screw (S).
Updating the ID label
284
➢ Update the nameplate on the detector cover.
To do this, affix the supplied label as shown in the figure.
IMPORTANT
For FaceScan units:
The FaceScan must be refitted [ → 287] on units with FaceScan fitted
after the X-ray detector has been replaced.
9.8.2
What has to be done after replacing the X-ray detector?
What has to be done after replacing the X-ray detector?
1. Perform a software update to the current main software version
(V03.03.01 or higher) [ → 47].
2. Save the configuration data from board DX89 (to board DX11) via service routine S009.7 [ → 209].
3. Perform a complete unit adjustment or calibration [ → 145].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Removing the covers
9.9
FaceScan
FaceScan
9.9.1
Replacing the scan unit
9.9.1.1
Replacing the scan unit
Removing the defective scan unit
Removing the defective scan unit
1. Undo the four screws (K) and remove the two covers (J).
9 Repair
9.9 FaceScan
2. Disconnect the cable (H) from the display board (I) on the inside of the cover (F).
3. Undo the six screws (G) and remove the cover (F).
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
285
9 Repair
9.9 FaceScan
Disconnecting electrical connections
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
1. Disconnect cable L78.3 from cable L78.4.
2. Remove the cable L78.4 from the clamp (Z).
3. Pull cable L78.4 from socket X2 of the FACESCAN modular board.
4. Disconnect the gray cable L78.3 from the chassis to the side.
5. Slacken the two screws (S) and remove the panel (T).
The FACESCAN modular board is open.
286
6. Pull gray cable L78.3 from socket X1 off the FACESCAN modular board.
7. Refit the panel (T) with the two screws (S).
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Attaching the transport locks
9 Repair
9.9 FaceScan
➢ Screw the transport lock (B) to the FaceScan using the wing screws
(A) (for return shipping).
Removing the scan unit
1. Unscrew the securing screws (E).
2. Unscrew the six screws (D) and detach the scan unit from the X-ray detector brackets to the rear.
Preparing for fitting
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
9.9.1.2
Attaching new scan unit
Attaching new scan unit
Preparation for screwing in the scan unit
NOTICE
Risk of damage
Mechanical stress can cause damage to the scanning unit.
➢ For transporting and aligning the scan unit hold on to the transport lock (B) only.
1. Remove the bag (X) with the USB stick from the scanning unit.
NOTICE
Important data on the USB stick
The USB stick contains important data for starting up FaceScan.
➢ Store the USB stick in a safe place.
➢ Do not delete any data from the USB stick.
➢ Do not copy any external data to the USB stick.
2. Loosen one wing nut (A) of the transport lock (B).
287
9 Repair
9.9 FaceScan
Attaching the scan unit
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
NOTICE
➢ Do not remove the wing nuts.
Attaching the scan unit
IMPORTANT
Risk of damage
When hanging the scan unit, the housing of the X-ray detector can get scratched.
➢ Hang the scan unit carefully on the X-ray detector.
1. Hang the scan unit from behind in the inlets of the X-ray detector.
2. Attach the scan unit loosely with 6 screws (D) - do not screw tightly!
3. Mount the installation aid (C) from below on both sides onto the first cooling vent (H) of the face scan unit.
4. Insert the fastening element (F) into the installation aid (C).
288
5. Turn the holding plates (G) over the chassis plate of the face scan unit.
6. Push the installation aid (C) with the scan unit on to the sensor surface (H) of the X-ray detector.
7. Align the installation aid (C) to the center of the sensor surface (H).
IMPORTANT
Possible faulty alignment
Displacement of the installation aid (C) can be caused through further fastening of the scan unit with the safety screws (E).
➢ When screwing in the safety screws (E), please ensure that the installation aid (C) always remains aligned.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.9 FaceScan
8. Move the safety screw (E) on both sides from the parked position (L)
(delivered condition) to the function position (M).
9. Screw the scan unit down from below with the safety screws (E). In so doing, the screws should pierce through the housing of the X-ray detector.
The distance (K) between the plate of the scan unit and the cover of the X-ray detector should be 6 mm.
10. Screw down the 6 screws (D).
11. Remove the installation aid (C).
IMPORTANT
The mounting aid (C) remains with the customer.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
289
9 Repair
9.9 FaceScan
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
12. Unscrew the transport lock (B).
NOTICE
Keep the transport lock (B) and the wing screws (A) in case the
FaceScan unit has to be returned for repairs (these stay with the customer).
Connecting scan unit electrically
NOTICE
Risk of damage!
Incorrect plug-in directions and routing can damage the face scan unit.
➢ Please make sure of the correct plug-in direction and the correct routing.
1. Loosen the two screws (S).
2. Remove the protective plate (T).
The FACESCAN modular board is open.
290
3. Read the MAC address on the FACESCAN modular board at position
(X) and note this down.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.9 FaceScan
4. Plug cable L78(CI-FSB1) in slot X1 on the FACESCAN modular board.
5. Fasten cable L78(CI-FSB1) to the side of the chassis with a cable tie (U).
6. Position the protective plate (T).
7. Lay cable L78(L74) including the ferrite core on the protective plate as shown.
8. Plug cable L78(L74) into slot X2 (FACESCAN modular board).
9. Fasten cable L78(L74) with the clip (Z).
10. Fasten cable L78(CI-FSB1) with two cable ties (Y) to cable L78(L74).
For network configuration via USB stick
1. Remove cable L78(L74) again from slot X2.
2. Remove the protective plate (T) again.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
291
9 Repair
9.9 FaceScan
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Attaching the cover
3. Insert cable L78(L74) into slot X2 again.
For network configuration via network cable
➢ Screw down the protective plate (T).
1. Remove the protective caps (E) from the four cameras.
IMPORTANT
Permitted cleaning agents
- A dry, lint-free cloth
- A cleaning agent approved by Sirona
An up-to-date list of approved agents can be downloaded from the
Internet at the address
"www.sirona.com" and cleaning"
menu items in the navigation system and then open the
"Care and cleaning agents"
document.
. Select the
"SERVICE"
/
"Care
If you have no access to the Internet, please contact your dental depot, to request the list.
REF 59 70 905
2. Clean the surface of the mirror and the vision panel inside the
FaceScan cover.
292
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.9 FaceScan
3. Screw down the covering bonnet (F) from below with 6 screws (G).
4. Connect the cable (H) with the display board (I) to the covering bonnet (F).
5. Read the serial number on the identification plate (S) and record this on the device certificate.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
293
9 Repair
9.9 FaceScan
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
6. Screw the right end cap (J) with two screws (K) down on the scan unit.
7.
If network configuration is to be completed later using the FaceScan
USB stick:
Do not screw the cover cap (A) tight.
or
➢
If network configuration is to be completed later using a network cable:
Screw the cover cap (A) down with two screws.
9.9.1.3
What has to be done after replacing the scanner unit?
What has to be done after replacing the scanner unit?
1. Perform a white balance [ → 168].
2. Perform a complete unit adjustment or calibration.
3. Perform some test exposures.
9.9.2
Replacing the PoE module
9.9.2.1
Replacing the PoE module
Removing the faulty PoE module
Removing the faulty PoE module
1. Remove the bottom profile cover [ → 36].
2. Remove cable L76 from the cable clamp (G).
294
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.9 FaceScan
3. Detach cable L77.WH (white) and L77.BN (brown) from terminals
K1.2 and K1.1 (orange).
4. Pull cables L71 and L7 from sockets SC:SC and BU1.
5. Push the cable cover (I) upwards.
6. Unplug the Ethernet cable L77 from the POE socket of the PoE module.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
295
9 Repair
9.9 FaceScan
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
7. Unscrew the two screws (K) and the nuts (L) and remove the PoE module.
296
9.9.2.2
Installing the new PoE module
1. Put the PoE module (P) on the thread bolts (H) of the mains filter plate
(J) (the serrated washer must sit behind the fitting plate of the PoE module).
2. Screw down the PoE module (P) to the place provided in the stand with two screws (K) and a nut (L).
IMPORTANT
The locking catch of the RJ45 plug of Ethernet cable L77 is secured with adhesive tape (N).
➢ Remove the adhesive tape (N) from the RJ45 plug of Ethernet cable
L77.
3. Plug Ethernet cable L77 into the POE socket of the PoE module.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.9 FaceScan
4. To fasten, slide the cable cover (I) downwards again as far as possible.
5. Pull cable L7 from the SC:SC socket.
6. Plug cable L7 into the BU2 socket of the PoE module.
7. Plug cable L71 into the BU1 socket of the PoE module.
8. Plug cable L71 into the SC:SC socket.
IMPORTANT
Cable L76 must be routed behind the mains filter plate (J).
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
297
9 Repair
9.10 Head fixation device
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9. Route cable L76 behind the mains filter plate to the terminal K1.
10. Connect cable L77.BN (brown) to terminal K1.1 (orange).
11. Connect cable L77.WH (white) to terminal K1.2 (orange).
12. Fasten cable L76 as low as possible downwards with the cable clamp
(G).
13. Refit the bottom profile cover.
9.10
Head fixation device
Head fixation device
9.10.1
Replacing receptacle element for head fixation (for unit with head fixation device)
Remove defective receptacle element.
Replacing receptacle element for head fixation (for unit with head fixation device)
1. Using the Up/Down buttons on the control panel, switch the device on and move it to a comfortable working height to remove the acquisition unit.
2. Remove the head fixation device (see operating instructions).
3.
If the bore hole (C) on the defective acquisition unit is not available:
Press the locking button (A) and move the flange (B) forward to expose the bore hole (C).
298
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.10 Head fixation device
Install the new acquisition unit.
4. Loosen screw (D) and remove the defective acquisition unit.
1.
If the bore hole C on the new acquisition unit is not available:
Press the locking button (A) and move the flange (B) forward to expose the bore hole (C).
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
2. IMPORTANT: Do not tighten the screw yet. It should not be possible to rotate the acquisition unit.
Screw the new receptacle element on to the unit with screw (D) so that the laser localizer (E) is facing forward.
299
9 Repair
9.10 Head fixation device
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3. Push the head fixation device (F) into the acquisition unit (see operating instructions).
4. Press the locking button (A) and push the flange (B) including the head fixation device backwards so that the light localizer (E) is exposed.
Adjust the light localizer.
Adjusting the light localizer (GALILEOS)
1. CAUTION! Keep a minimum distance of 100 mm between the eye and the laser. Do not look directly into the laser beam.
Switch the laser light on using the light localizer button on the control panel.
300
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.10 Head fixation device
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
2. Align the acquisition unit.
To do this, move the rotary knobs on the head fixation device to a vertical position. Then align the acquisition unit so that the laser light is shown in the middle of the vertical knobs of the head fixation device and the bite holder.
3. Press the locking button (A) and push the flange (B) including the head fixation device (F) back to the front so that the bore hole (C) is exposed. Tighten the screw (D) firmly.
IMPORTANT: The acquisition unit should not be turned when pushing the head fixation device back and tightening the screw.
4. Switch the unit off again.
301
9 Repair
9.11 Light barriers
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9.11
Light barriers
Light barriers
9.11.1
Replacing the light barriers
Replacing the light barriers
Prior to replacing boards
302
The following light barriers can be replaced:
● Light barrier at ring motor, starting position of rotation: V1_3
● Light barrier at HA motor, height adjustment: V1_4
9.12
Boards
Boards
9.12.1
Important notes about replacing boards
Important notes about replacing boards
NOTICE
Touching the boards can damage them.
Please observe the usual precautionary measures for handling printed circuit boards (ESD). Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before touching any boards.
Before replacing the board: GALILEOS
You must observe the notes in the chapter !
This chapter describes all measures required after the replacement of modules or boards, provided they were known at the time of publication.
You will find more up-to-date information and supplements concerning
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.12 Boards
Replacing the boards DX6 (X-ray tube assembly) and DX11 or DX89 and DX11
Prior to replacing board DX11
Connector designations on the boards this subject on the latest GALILEOS XG CD and on the Sirona dealer page on the Internet. For this reason, you should always check for the latest information on the replacement of modules and performing updates before you start replacing any modules or boards.
Replacing DX11_DX6: GALILEOS
Never replace these boards at the same time. After replacing one of these boards, you must first perform the measures specified in the chapter and then restart the unit. Only then may you begin replacement of the other module.
Replacing DX11: GALILEOS
If the old DX11 is still working:
Call the "Extended Details" via SiXABCon and check the switching plate configuration for the swivel arm. If it deviates from 01 this must be configured again after inserting a new DX11 using service routine S017.7.
For GALILEOS Comfort: If the old DX11 is still working:
Call up the "Extended Details" via SiXABCon, search for the “Language
Set ID“ (under "Extended Configuration DX7") and note the configuration of the language set. If it deviates from 00, the language set must be configured again after inserting a new DX11 using service routine
Following replacement of board DX11, the user preferences (patient symbols, initial position, default contrast mode, etc.) are lost. Instruct the user accordingly or set these values after replacing the board, provided that they were properly noted down before the board was replaced.
The connectors on the boards are labeled on delivery of the system.
Tip: Check the designations on the connectors when pulling off the cables and label them correctly if necessary.
9.12.2
Replacing boards
Replacing boards
CAUTION
Risk of damage to boards
Please observe the usual precautionary measures for handling printed circuit boards (ESD).
Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before touching any boards.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
303
9 Repair
9.12 Boards
Replacing PC boards: GALILEOS, new
A
DX6*
B
DX7*
GALILEOS Comfort / Comfort PLUS
DX71*
GALILEOS Compact
DX42
304
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
DX11
DX1
DX89
DX32
9.12.2.1
Component
Boards
Designation
DX1
DX11
DX6*
DX7*
DX71*
DX89
DX42
Function
Open loop/closed loop control in general
Controller board
Open loop/closed loop tube assembly
Easypad touchscreen
(GALILEOS Comfort/Comfort
PLUS
)
LED display on Multipad
(GALILEOS Compact)
Image memory of the X-ray detector
Remote control
*) not available as individual repair part (see spare parts list).
Replacing PC board DX1
Replacing PC board DX1
IMPORTANT
The software version of the "DX1/DX11 board" must be compatible with the main software version of the unit.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
A
9 Repair
9.12 Boards
B
A
9.12.2.2
D
DX11
1. Remove the "arm cover".
2. Disassemble both cross braces (A).
3. CAUTION! Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before touching any boards.
Remove the cover plate (B) of the board DX11.
4. Pull all cables off of board DX1.
5. Disassemble and remove the defective board DX1.
6. NOTICE! You must observe the notes in the chapter titled
Install the DX11 board from the defective DX1 on the new DX1.
7. Reinstall the DX1 board in the unit and reattach the connectors.
8. Reassemble both cross braces (A).
9. Reattach the covers.
NOTICE! Once you have removed the cross braces (A), the unit must be completely readjusted or recalibrated.
Replace DX1: GALILEOS
After replacing the board DX1, you must observe the notes provided in the chapter .
Replacing board DX11
✔
The cover plate of board DX11 must be removed [ → 304].
1. CAUTION! Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before touching any boards.
Pull the defective DX11 board using the removal tool (D) to remove it from the DX1 board.
IMPORTANT: The removal tool (D) is included in the delivery scope of the DX11 board.
2. NOTICE! Ensure that the connector strips of boards DX1 and DX11 are aligned precisely above one another and are not offset, before pressing the boards together firmly.
Attach the new DX11 board on to the DX1.
3. Check that the DX11 board is correctly attached to the DX1 board.
There must be no visible gap between the connector strips.
4. Reattach the cover plate.
After replacing the board DX11, you must observe the notes provided in the chapter .
DX1
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
9.12.2.3
Replacing board DX32
Replacing board DX32
in reverse order.
Replacing DX32: GALILEOS
After replacing the board DX32, you must observe the notes provided in the chapter .
305
9 Repair
9.12 Boards
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9.12.2.4
Replace board DX89
Replace board DX89
1. Remove the "x-ray detector cover".
2. Carefully pull cover plate (A) upwards to remove it from the X-ray detector.
306
3. Remove the four screws (B) and remove the defective DX89 board from the X-ray detector.
4. Pull the connectors of cables L13 (X201), L27 (X203) and L28 (X400) off of the defective board DX89.
5. Install the new board DX89 by following the steps for removal in reverse order.
IMPORTANT: After replacing the board DX89, always observe the notes provided in the chapter .
9.12.3
Measures following replacement of boards
After replacing boards or modules containing boards, check to make sure that the software version of the module corresponds to the current software status of the system. The software versions of the modules can be queried by running service routine S008.2 or using the extended detail query in SiXABCon. You can also check the info screen in advance to determine whether the current software constellation is permissible. If this is not the case, the version number of the main software is labeled with an asterisk (e.g. V04.12.00*)
In the event of software incompatibilities, perform a software update or downgrade [ → 47].
Always perform the measures described below in the given sequence and do not carry out any other actions between the steps.
The following table provides an overview of various possible replacement situations and cross-references to detailed descriptions of the actions required for the corresponding situations following board replacement.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Board
DX1
DX11
Constellation
Inserting a
●
●
●
●
new DX1
GALILEOS Compact
GALILEOS Comfort
GALILEOS Comfort PLUS
9 Repair
9.12 Boards
● Unit software version
V04.12.00 or higher
Replacing a DX11
The unit software version must be at least V04.12.00. Please note compatibility restrictions with the
SIDEXIS and plug-in versions.
● Inserting a
new DX11
●
Proceed as described in the chapter "",
Case A
.
S. [ → 310]
●
GALILEOS Comfort
● GALILEOS Comfort PLUS
●
● Unit software version
V04.12.00 or higher
● Inserting a
DX11 from another unit
Proceed as described in the chapter "",
Case B
.
●
●
GALILEOS Comfort
● GALILEOS Comfort PLUS
●
●
●
● Unit software version
V04.12.00 or higher
● Inserting a
new DX11
●
GALILEOS Compact
●
●
● Unit software version
V04.12.00 or higher
● Inserting a
DX11 from another unit
●
GALILEOS Compact
● Unit software version
V04.12.00 or higher
Measures
● Switch the unit on.
● Perform a complete unit adjustment or calibration.
Proceed as described in the chapter "",
Case C
.
Proceed as described in the chapter "",
Case D
.
Page
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
307
9 Repair
9.12 Boards
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Board
DX6
Tube assembly
Constellation Measures
Replacing a
tube assembly, including board DX6
● Inserting a
new X-ray tube assembly
●
Proceed as described in the chapter
Replacing the tube assembly including board DX6 [ → 316],
Case E
.
●
GALILEOS Comfort
●
GALILEOS Comfort PLUS
●
● Unit software version
V04.12.00 or higher
● Inserting an
X-ray tube assembly from another unit
●
●
●
GALILEOS Comfort
GALILEOS Comfort PLUS
Proceed as described in the chapter
Replacing the tube assembly including board DX6 [ → 316],
Case F
.
●
● Unit software version
V04.12.00 or higher
● Inserting a
new X-ray tube assembly
●
●
GALILEOS Compact
Proceed as described in the chapter
Replacing the tube assembly including board DX6 [ → 316],
Case G
.
●
●
●
●
● Unit software version
V04.12.00 or higher
● Inserting an
X-ray tube assembly from another unit
Proceed as described in the chapter
Replacing the tube assembly including board DX6 [ → 316],
Case H
.
GALILEOS Compact
● Unit software version
V04.12.00 or higher
Page
S. [ → 316]
308
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.12 Boards
Board
DX7
Easypad
DX71
Multipad
DX32
Stand
DX42
Remote control
DX89
X-ray detector
Constellation
● Inserting a
new Easypad incl. DX7
●
● Unit software version
V04.12.00 or higher
● Inserting a
new Multipad incl. DX71
●
● Unit software version
V04.12.00 or higher
● Inserting a
new DX32
●
●
●
●
●
●
● Unit software version
V04.12.00 or higher
Inserting a
new DX42
● Inserting a
new DX42
GALILEOS Compact
GALILEOS Comfort
GALILEOS Comfort PLUS
● Unit software version
V04.12.00 or higher
Inserting a
new DX89
Measures
● Switch the unit on.
● Update the unit software to version
V04.12.00 or higher.
After replacing the Easypad, the language set on board DX7 is set to the factory default setting
(00 = German, English, French,
Italian). If the configured unit language set (which can be queried by running service routine S017.5 or via the "Extended Details" in
SiXABCon) has a configuration other than 00, this configuration will be copied to board DX7 by the update function.
● Switch the unit on.
● Update the unit software to version
V04.12.00 or higher.
Page
No further action is required
● Switch the unit on.
● Update the unit software to version
V04.12.00 or higher.
● Inserting a
new DX89
●
●
●
●
●
GALILEOS Compact
GALILEOS Comfort
GALILEOS Comfort PLUS
● Unit software version
V04.12.00 or higher
● Switch the unit on.
● Update the unit software to version
V04.12.00 or higher.
● Restore the configuration data of board DX89 by using service routine
S009.7.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
309
9 Repair
9.12 Boards
Case A:
310
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9.12.3.1
After changing the DX11 board
After changing the DX11 board
● New DX11
● GALILEOS Comfort
● GALILEOS Comfort PLUS
● Unit software version V04.12.00 or higher
NOTICE
After a new DX11 is inserted, the IP address is initially reset to the factory setting. Before you set the unit to a new IP address, make sure that the IP address you're assigning has not been assigned to any other unit.
1. Switch the unit on.
Do not acknowledge any error messages at this time.
2. Install the current version of the SIDEXIS software (V2.5.6 or higher).
If the current version of SIDEXIS is a patch version, the previous official main version of SIDEXIS XG must be installed before you can install the current version.
3. Update the software to version V04.12.00 or higher (via automatic update) [ → 47].
4. If multiple units are installed in a single network:
Set the IP address via SiXABCon.
5. Switch off the unit.
6. Wait for approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit back on.
The error message E1 10 03 (format flash file system) is displayed.
The message
"No Key"
is displayed on the Easypad.
7. Press the R key to acknowledge the error message.
The formatting of the flash file system is started automatically. Error message E1 10 04 is displayed during the entire process (approx. 5
- 6 min.). When the formatting is finished, the error message is automatically acknowledged by the system and error message E6 11
07 (undefined system class) is displayed.
8. Press the R key to acknowledge the error message.
The access level for the service menu (level 4) is automatically started.
9. Press and hold down the Service key until the patient symbol keys light up (approx. 2 s).
10. Then press the patient symbol keys in the sequence b - d - a within the next 4 seconds.
After you have entered the key combination correctly, the service routine S017, test step 1 (select/confirm system class) is started automatically. The Memory key lights up.
11. Acknowledge any additional error messages with the R key .
12. Confirm the "GALILEOS Comfort" system class (03):
To do this, first press the Memory key (R key lights up) and then the
R key.
13. Exit the service routine with the double-arrow key.
14. Switch off the unit.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Case B:
9 Repair
9.12 Boards
15. Wait for approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit back on.
The error message E6 15 05 (undefined system serial number) is displayed.
16. Acknowledge the error message with the R key .
17. Error message E6 15 04 (undefined activation data) is displayed.
18. Acknowledge the error message with the R key .
19. Call the service menu [ → 180].
The unit serial number is located on the nameplate of the unit.
NOTICE! If the serial number is incorrect, exit the update process and contact the Sirona Customer Service Center.
21. Switch off the unit.
22. Wait for approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit back on.
The message
"No Key"
should no longer appear.
23. Call the service menu [ → 180].
24. Call service routine S017 and perform the unit configuration (test step
2-15).
The switching plate configuration of the swivel arm must be checked/ set using service routine S017.7.
Inform the customer of the configuration options of the software version, e.g. welcome screen, acoustic exposure signal. Activate these functions if they are required.
25. If the travel height of the unit has to be limited:
Set the travel height with service routine S018.2 [ → 232].
26. Perform a software update to the current software version [ → 47].
This updates all modules in accordance with the configuration.
The error message E1 11 20 (invalid unit calibration) is displayed.
27. Acknowledge the error message with the R key .
28. Perform a complete unit calibration [ → 145].
After a successful unit calibration has been performed, the error message should no longer appear.
29. Call up the "Extended Details" via SiXABCon.
This generates an XML file (with the system parameters) which is
Filed in the PDATA/.../P2K_Config directory under the network name of the unit.
● The process is completed.
Replacing DX11: Case B
● DX11 from another unit
● GALILEOS Comfort
● GALILEOS Comfort PLUS
● Unit software version V04.12.00 or higher
IMPORTANT: The DX11 can be replaced in either the Comfort class
(GALILEOS Comfort/Comfort
PLUS
� or the Compact class.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
311
9 Repair
9.12 Boards
312
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
NOTICE
After inserting the board, you must reconfigure the IP address to match the IP address of the existing X-ray component. Before you set the unit to a new IP address, make sure that the IP address you're assigning has not been assigned to any other unit.
1. Switch the unit on.
Do not acknowledge any error messages at this time.
2. Install the current version of the SIDEXIS XG software (V2.5.6 or higher).
If the current version of SIDEXIS XG is a patch version, the previous official main version of SIDEXIS XG must be installed before you can install the current version.
3. Update the software to version V04.12.00 or higher (via automatic update) [ → 47].
Even if you are using a DX11 that already has the same software version as the overall system, the software must still be updated to this version again so that an administrative entry can be made in the memory of the DX11.
4. Switch off the unit.
5. Wait for approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit back on.
The error message E6 15 05 (undefined system serial number) is displayed. The message
"No Key"
is displayed on the Easypad.
6. Acknowledge the error message with the R key .
7. Call the service menu [ → 180].
8. Call service routine S008.3 [ → 204].
9. Enter the unit serial number found on the nameplate of the unit [ → 204].
IMPORTANT: Any serial number which is unknown to the unit will not be accepted by the unit. The serial number entered must be identical to the number on the nameplate of the unit. If an inadmissible serial number is entered, the input will not be accepted and the serial number can be entered again.
10. Switch off the unit.
11. Wait for approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit back on.
In systems that already run with a system software version V03.03.01 or higher, please check whether there is a XML file in the PDATA/.../
P2K_Config with the network name of the system. This file contains important information about the previous unit configuration.
The error message E1 11 20 (invalid unit calibration) is displayed.
12. Acknowledge the error message with the R key .
13. Call the service menu [ → 180].
14. Call service routine S017 and perform the unit configuration (test step
2-15).
The switching plate configuration of the swivel arm must be checked/ set using service routine S017.7.
Inform the customer of the configuration options of the software version, e.g. welcome screen, acoustic exposure signal. Activate these functions if they are required.
15. If the travel height of the unit has to be limited:
Set the travel height with service routine S018.2 [ → 232].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Case C:
9 Repair
9.12 Boards
16. Perform a software update to the current software version [ → 47].
This updates all modules in accordance with the configuration.
17. Perform a complete unit calibration [ → 145].
After a successful unit calibration has been performed, the error message should no longer appear.
18. Call up the "Extended Details" via SiXABCon.
This generates an XML file (with the system parameters) which is
Filed in the PDATA/.../P2K_Config directory under the network name of the unit.
● The process is completed.
Replacing DX11: Case C
● New DX11
● GALILEOS Compact
● Unit software version V04.12.00 or higher
NOTICE
After a new DX11 is inserted, the IP address is initially reset to the factory setting. Before you set the unit to a new IP address, make sure that the IP address you're assigning has not been assigned to any other unit.
1. Switch the unit on.
Do not acknowledge any error messages at this time.
2. Install the current version of the SIDEXIS XG software (V2.5.6 or higher).
If the current version of SIDEXIS XG is a patch version, the previous official main version of SIDEXIS XG must be installed before you can install the current version.
3. Update the software to version V04.12.00 or higher (via automatic update) [ → 47].
4. If multiple units are installed in a single network:
Set the IP address via SiXABCon.
5. Switch off the unit.
6. Wait for approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit back on.
The error message E1 10 03 (format flash file system) is displayed.
The message
"No Key"
is displayed on the Multipad.
7. Press the R key to acknowledge the error message.
The formatting of the flash file system is started automatically. Error message E1 10 04 is displayed during the entire process (approx. 5
- 6 min.). When the formatting is finished, the error message is automatically acknowledged by the system and error message E6 11
07 (undefined system class) is displayed.
8. Press the R key to acknowledge the error message.
The access level for the service menu (level 4) is automatically started.
9. Press and hold down the Service key until the LEDs above the patient symbol keys light up (approx. 2 s).
10. Then press the patient symbol keys in the sequence b - d - a within the next 4 seconds.
After you have entered the key combination correctly, the service
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
313
9 Repair
9.12 Boards
Case D:
314
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS routine S017, test step 1 (select/confirm system class) is started automatically. The LED above the Memory key lights up.
11. Acknowledge any additional error messages with the R key .
12. Confirm the "GALILEOS Compact" system class (04):
To do this, first press the Memory key (LED above the R key lights up) and then the R key.
13. Exit the service routine by pressing the arrow key above selection field 3.
14. Switch off the unit.
15. Wait for approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit back on.
The error message E6 15 05 (undefined system serial number) is displayed.
16. Acknowledge the error message with the R key .
17. Error message E6 15 04 (undefined activation data) is displayed.
18. Acknowledge the error message with the R key .
19. Call the service menu [ → 180].
The unit serial number is located on the nameplate of the unit.
NOTICE! If the serial number is incorrect, exit the update process and contact the Sirona Customer Service Center.
21. Switch off the unit.
22. Wait for approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit back on.
The message
"No Key"
should no longer appear.
23. Call the service menu [ → 180].
24. Call service routine S017 and perform the unit configuration (test step
2-15).
The switching plate configuration of the swivel arm must be checked/ set using service routine S017.7.
Inform the customer of the configuration options of the software version, e.g. acoustic exposure signal. Activate these functions if they are required.
25. If the travel height of the unit has to be limited:
Set the travel height with service routine S018.2 [ → 232].
26. Perform a software update to the current software version [ → 47].
This updates all modules in accordance with the configuration.
The error message E1 11 20 (invalid unit calibration) is displayed.
27. Acknowledge the error message with the R key .
28. Perform a complete unit calibration [ → 145].
After a successful unit calibration has been performed, the error message should no longer appear.
29. Call up the "Extended Details" via SiXABCon.
This generates an XML file (with the system parameters) which is
Filed in the PDATA/.../P2K_Config directory under the network name of the unit.
● The process is completed.
Replacing DX11: Case D
● DX11 from another unit
● GALILEOS Compact
● Unit software version V04.12.00 or higher
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
9 Repair
9.12 Boards
IMPORTANT: The DX11 can be replaced in either the Comfort class
(GALILEOS Comfort/Comfort
PLUS
� or the Compact class.
NOTICE
After inserting the board, you must reconfigure the IP address to match the IP address of the existing X-ray component. Before you set the unit to a new IP address, make sure that the IP address you're assigning has not been assigned to any other unit.
1. Switch the unit on.
Do not acknowledge any error messages at this time.
2. Install the current SIDEXIS XG software version (V2.5.6 or higher).
If the current version of SIDEXIS XG is a patch version, the previous official main version of SIDEXIS XG must be installed before you can install the current version.
3. Update the software to version V04.12.00 or higher (via automatic update) [ → 47].
Even if you are using a DX11 that already has the same software version as the overall system, the software must still be updated to this version again so that an administrative entry can be made in the memory of the DX11.
4. Switch off the unit.
5. Wait for approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit back on.
The error message E6 15 05 (undefined system serial number) is displayed. The message
"No Key"
is displayed on the Easypad.
6. Acknowledge the error message with the R key .
7. Call the service menu [ → 180].
8. Call service routine S008.3 [ → 204].
9. Enter the unit serial number found on the nameplate of the unit [ → 204].
IMPORTANT: Any serial number which is unknown to the unit will not be accepted by the unit. The serial number entered must be identical to the number on the nameplate of the unit. If an inadmissible serial number is entered, the input will not be accepted and the serial number can be entered again.
10. Switch off the unit.
11. Wait for approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit back on.
In systems that already run with a system software version V03.03.01 or higher, please check whether there is an XML file in the PDATA/
.../P2K_Config with the network name of the system. This file contains important information about the previous unit configuration.
The error message E1 11 20 (invalid unit calibration) is displayed.
12. Acknowledge the error message with the R key .
13. Call the service menu [ → 180].
14. Call service routine S017 and perform the unit configuration (test step
2-15).
The switching plate configuration of the swivel arm must be checked/ set using service routine S017.7.
Inform the customer of the configuration options of the software version, e.g. welcome screen, acoustic exposure signal. Activate these functions if they are required.
315
9 Repair
9.12 Boards
Case E:
316
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9.12.3.2
15. If the travel height of the unit has to be limited:
Set the travel height with service routine S018.2 [ → 232].
16. Perform a software update to the current software version [ → 47].
This updates all modules in accordance with the configuration.
17. Perform a complete unit calibration [ → 145].
After a successful unit calibration has been performed, the error message should no longer appear.
18. Call up the "Extended Details" via SiXABCon.
This generates an XML file (with the system parameters) which is
Filed in the PDATA/.../P2K_Config directory under the network name of the unit.
● The process is completed.
Replacing the tube assembly including board DX6
Replacing the tube assembly including board DX6
● New tube assembly
● GALILEOS Comfort
● GALILEOS Comfort PLUS
● Unit software version V04.12.00 or higher
1. Switch the unit on.
2. If the software version of the newly installed DX6 does not match the
latest main software version: Perform a software update to the latest version [ → 47].
3. Switch off the unit.
4. Wait for approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit back on.
The error message E6 11 07 (undefined unit class) is displayed. The message No Key is displayed on the Easypad.
5. Press the R key to acknowledge the error message.
The access level for the service menu (level 4) is automatically started.
6. Press and hold down the Service key until the patient symbol keys light up (approx. 2 s).
7. Then press the patient symbol keys in the sequence b - d - a within the next 4 seconds.
After you have entered the key combination correctly, the service routine S017, test step 1 (select/confirm system class) is started automatically. The Memory key lights up.
8. Acknowledge any additional error messages with the R key .
9. Confirm the "GALILEOS Comfort" (03) or "GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS" unit class:
To do this, first press the Memory key (R key lights up) and then the
R key.
10. Exit the service routine with the double-arrow key.
11. Switch off the unit.
12. Wait for approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit back on.
The error message E6 15 05 (undefined system serial number) is displayed.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Case F:
9 Repair
9.12 Boards
13. Press the R key to acknowledge the error message.
The error message E7 11 15 (incorrect collimator configuration) is displayed.
14. Acknowledge the error message with the R key .
15. Call the service menu [ → 180].
The unit serial number is located on the nameplate of the unit.
NOTICE! If the serial number is incorrect, exit the update process and contact the Sirona Customer Service Center.
17. Call service routine S017.25 and configure the installed diaphragm type.
18. Switch off the unit.
19. Wait for approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit back on.
The message No Key should no longer appear.
20. Install the current version of the SIDEXIS XG software (V2.5.6 or higher).
If the current version of SIDEXIS XG is a patch version, the previous official main version of SIDEXIS XG must be installed before you can install the current version.
21. Update the software to version V04.12.00 or higher (via automatic update) [ → 47].
The error message E1 11 20 (invalid unit calibration) is displayed.
22. Acknowledge the error message with the R key .
23. Perform a complete unit calibration [ → 145].
After a successful unit calibration has been performed, the error message should no longer appear.
24. Perform an acceptance test (for Germany only) without calling in an expert.
25. Call up the "Extended Details" via SiXABCon.
This generates an XML file (with the system parameters) which is filed in the PDATA/.../P2K_Config directory under the network name of the unit.
● The process is completed.
Replacing DX6: Case F: GALILEOS, new
● Tube assembly from another unit
● GALILEOS Comfort
● GALILEOS Comfort PLUS
● Unit software version V04.12.00 or higher
IMPORTANT: Replacement is only possible within the same unit class, e.g. the tube assembly must come from a "GALILEOS Comfort if it is to be installed in a "GALILEOS Comfort
PLUS
" unit!
PLUS
" unit
1. Switch the unit on.
The error message E6 15 05 (undefined unit serial number) is displayed. The message No Key is displayed on the Easypad.
2. Press the R key to acknowledge the error message.
Depending on the tube assembly history, the error message E7 11 15
(incorrect collimator configuration) may be displayed.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
317
9 Repair
9.12 Boards
Case G:
318
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3. Press the R key to acknowledge the error message.
The error message E6 15 04 (undefined activation data) is displayed.
4. Acknowledge the error message with the R key .
5. Call the service menu [ → 180].
6. Call service routine S008.3 [ → 204].
7. Enter the unit serial number found on the nameplate of the unit [ → 204].
IMPORTANT: Any serial number which is unknown to the unit will not be accepted by the unit. The serial number entered must be identical to the number on the nameplate of the unit. If an inadmissible serial number is entered, the input will not be accepted and the serial number can be entered again.
8. Call service routine S017.25 and configure the installed diaphragm type.
9. Switch off the unit.
10. Wait for approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit back on.
The message No Key should no longer appear.
The error message E1 11 20 (invalid unit calibration) is displayed.
11. Acknowledge the error message with the R key .
12. Perform a complete unit calibration [ → 145].
After a successful unit calibration has been performed, the error message should no longer appear.
13. Call up the "Extended Details" via SiXABCon.
This generates an XML file (with the system parameters) which is filed in the PDATA/.../P2K_Config directory under the network name of the unit.
● The process is completed.
Replacing DX6: Case G: GALILEOS, new
● New tube assembly
● GALILEOS Compact
● Unit software version V04.12.00 or higher
1. Switch the unit on.
2. If the software version of the newly installed DX6 does not match the
latest main software version: Perform a software update to the latest version [ → 47].
3. Switch off the unit.
4. Wait for approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit back on.
The error message E6 11 07 (undefined unit class) is displayed. The message No Key is displayed on the Multipad.
5. Press the R key to acknowledge the error message.
The access level for the service menu (level 4) is automatically started.
6. Press and hold down the Service key until the LEDs above the patient symbol keys light up (approx. 2 s).
7. Then press the patient symbol keys in the sequence b - d - a within the next 4 seconds.
After you have entered the key combination correctly, the service routine S017, test step 1 (select/confirm system class) is started automatically. The LED above the Memory key lights up.
8. Acknowledge any additional error messages with the R key .
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Case H:
9 Repair
9.12 Boards
9. Confirm the "GALILEOS Compact" system class (04):
To do this, first press the Memory key (LED above the R key lights up) and then the R key.
10. Exit the service routine by pressing the arrow key above selection field 3.
11. Switch off the unit.
12. Wait for approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit back on.
The error message E6 15 05 (undefined system serial number) is displayed.
13. Press the R key to acknowledge the error message.
The error message E7 11 15 (incorrect collimator configuration) is displayed.
14. Acknowledge the error message with the R key .
15. Call the service menu [ → 180].
The unit serial number is located on the nameplate of the unit.
NOTICE! If the serial number is incorrect, exit the update process and contact the Sirona Customer Service Center.
17. Call service routine S017.25 and configure the installed diaphragm type.
18. Switch off the unit.
19. Wait for approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit back on.
The message No Key should no longer appear.
20. Install the current version of the SIDEXIS XG software (V2.5.6 or higher).
If the current version of SIDEXIS XG is a patch version, the previous official main version of SIDEXIS XG must be installed before you can install the current version.
21. Update the software to version V04.12.00 or higher (via automatic update) [ → 47].
The error message E1 11 20 (invalid unit calibration) is displayed.
22. Acknowledge the error message with the R key .
23. Perform a complete unit calibration [ → 145].
After a successful unit calibration has been performed, the error message should no longer appear.
24. Perform an acceptance test (for Germany only) without calling in an expert.
25. Call up the "Extended Details" via SiXABCon.
This generates an XML file (with the system parameters) which is filed in the PDATA/.../P2K_Config directory under the network name of the unit.
● The process is completed.
Replacing DX6: Case H: GALILEOS, new
● Tube assembly from another unit
● GALILEOS Compact
● Unit software version V04.12.00 or higher
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
319
9 Repair
9.13 Cable
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
IMPORTANT: Replacement is only possible within the same unit class, e.g. the tube assembly must come from a "GALILEOS Compact" unit if it is to be installed in a "GALILEOS Compact" unit!
1. Switch the unit on.
The error message E6 15 05 (undefined unit serial number) is displayed. The message No Key is displayed on the Multipad.
2. Press the R key to acknowledge the error message.
Depending on the tube assembly history, the error message E7 11 15
(incorrect collimator configuration) may be displayed.
3. Press the R key to acknowledge the error message.
The error message E6 15 04 (undefined activation data) is displayed.
4. Acknowledge the error message with the R key .
5. Call the service menu [ → 180].
6. Call service routine S008.3 [ → 204].
7. Enter the unit serial number found on the nameplate of the unit [ → 204].
IMPORTANT: Any serial number which is unknown to the unit will not be accepted by the unit. The serial number entered must be identical to the number on the nameplate of the unit. If an inadmissible serial number is entered, the input will not be accepted and the serial number can be entered again.
8. Call service routine S017.25 and configure the installed diaphragm type.
9. Switch off the unit.
10. Wait for approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit back on.
The message No Key should no longer appear.
The error message E1 11 20 (invalid unit calibration) is displayed.
11. Acknowledge the error message with the R key .
12. Perform a complete unit calibration [ → 145].
After a successful unit calibration has been performed, the error message should no longer appear.
13. Call up the "Extended Details" via SiXABCon.
This generates an XML file (with the system parameters) which is filed in the PDATA/.../P2K_Config directory under the network name of the unit.
● The process is completed.
9.13
Cable
Cable
9.13.1
Replacing energy chain 1 completely
Removing the defective energy chain
Replacing energy chain 1 completely
Remove energy chain
IMPORTANT
Remove cable ties
For the following steps, all necessary cable ties should be removed with wire cutters.
320
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.13 Cable
DANGER
Danger of fatal electrocution!
➢ Before you remove the energy chain, switch off the power supply.
1. Disconnect cable L1 from switch S1.
2. Disconnect cable L1 from the ground point (F).
3. Loosen the two screws (A).
4. If not present: Mark the position of the screw (B) on the stand.
5. Make a note of the position of the screw (B) for when you later install the new energy chain.
6. Remove the screw (B) from the energy chain 1.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
321
9 Repair
9.13 Cable
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
7. Remove the power cable from terminal K1.
8. Unscrew the mains filter plate.
Installing the new energy chain
322
9. Remove the cable covers (I) and (J) of the right-hand cable duct.
10. Remove the energy chain along with the mains filter plate from the stand.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
2. Insert new energy chain 1 in the stand.
IMPORTANT
Assembly instructions
➢ Pay attention to the energy chain's rolling direction.
9 Repair
9.13 Cable
IMPORTANT
Possible assembly errors
The one end piece has been removed to make the new energy chain easier to lay .
The missing end piece is enclosed.
➢ Attach this end piece to the energy chain only when the energy chain has been laid in the stand.
3. Screw down the mains filter plate.
4. Screw the new energy chain down in the position (marking) of the old energy chain.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
323
9 Repair
9.13 Cable
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5. Screw the power cable (A) to the terminal K1 and the strain relief.
6. Route the external PE cable (B) over the mains filter plate through the ferrite core twice (C) (two hoses).
7. Screw the external PE cable (B) down on the ground bolts (D).
324
9.13.2
Replacing cables
Replacing cables
CAUTION
Switch the unit off before you start replacing cables or removing connectors.
9.13.2.1
NOTICE
Be careful not to twist the cables or kink the fiber-optic light guides when installing them.
Cable replacement; GALILEOS
Always check the cables before replacing them [ → 133].
The cables are labeled with small flags. They specify the designation and part number of the cable. The plugs and sockets on the cables are designated both on the boards and cables. Check the designation when you pull off the cables.
Some cables feature markings of green adhesive tape. Mark the corresponding positions on the unit before removing an old cable. Lay the new cable so that the cable markings again come to rest at the corresponding positions marked on the unit while removing the old cable.
An overview of all cables can be found in the chapter .
Replacing fiber-optic cable L5, L6 or L15
Replacing fiber-optic cable L5, L6 or L15
IMPORTANT: If a radius limiter is not yet installed: When replacing one cable, all existing fiber-optic cables (L5, L6 or L15) should be retrofitted with the radius limiters included with delivery! The radius limiters improve torsional and bending force tolerance.
1. Remove the defective fiber-optic cable.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.13 Cable
Prepare the cable exchange
9.13.2.2
2. NOTICE! Do not kink or twist fiber-optic cables, the bending radius may not be less than 20mm, otherwise it is at risk of breaking!
Attach the radius limiter (A) close to the connector, which is plugged onto board DX1, onto the cable.
3. Plug the connector of the new fiber-optic cable to the same color assignment on the board DX1.
4. Lay the fiber-optic cables up to point (B), and clip the radius limiter (A) at point (B) (approx. 900 mm from the connectors on DX1) onto the cable.
5. Guide the fiber-optic cable to board DX6 and plug the connector of the new fiber-optic cable to the same color assignment on board DX6.
Cable replacement (L3, L5, L6, and L15)/Laying the cable/ corrugated tube at the rotation unit
Cable replacement (L3, L5, L6, and L15)/Laying the cable/corrugated tube at the rotation unit
NOTICE
The connectors and cables must be protected by inserting them in the fabric tube (A) supplied with the cables.
1. Remove the covers.
2. Pull the connectors off board DX6.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
325
9 Repair
9.13 Cable
Replacing cables
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
326
1. For L3: Remove the connector of the cable with tool W1.
2. Remove the corrugated tube and the spiral spring (B) from the cable loom.
3. Remove the defective cable and run the new cable up to the rotary ring in the original position.
4. Bunch the cables together again to form a loom.
5. Fasten the defective cable to the loom and use it as a pull wire to pull the loom through the fabric tube (A).
6. Pull the fabric tube over the connector and as far over the cable loom as possible.
7. Use the pull wire to pull the fabric tube into the spiral spring (B).
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
9 Repair
9.13 Cable
Laying the corrugated tube or cable at the rotation unit
9.13.2.3
8. Slide the corrugated tube over the spiral spring.
9. Remove the fabric tube and the pull wire.
1. Lay the corrugated tubes and cables back in their original position.
2. Plug the connectors back in again.
3. Reattach the covers.
Replacing cable L7/L117 or L108 in cable track 2
Replacing cable L7/L117 or L108 in cable track 2
1. Switch the unit on.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
327
9 Repair
9.13 Cable
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
2. Move the slide downward to a pleasant working position using the Up/
Down keys on the control panel.
3. Switch the unit off again.
4. Remove the "arm cover".
5. Remove the two cross braces and the cover plate of board DX1.
6. NOTICE! Wrap the connector X303 (cable L108) with adhesive tape immediately after pulling it off to protect the detent at the connector against breaking off.
Disconnect the fiber-optic cable L7/L117 and cable L108 from board
DX1.
7. Switch the unit on.
8. Use the Up/Down keys on the control panel to move the slide up.
Tip: If the height adjustment motor is inoperative, you can also move the slide manually. [ → 251]
9. Switch the unit off again.
10. Remove the covers "Intermediate piece" and "Profile (top and bottom)".
Tip: While loosening the screws, press the top profile cover down towards the unit and allow it to slide down once the screws are loose.
11. Remove board DX32 (Removing board DX32 [ → 254]).
12. Detach fiber optic cable L7/L117 and cable L108 from the cable clamps at the rear of the unit and pull the cables through the slit in the slide toward the front into the stand.
13. Unscrew the angle brackets on both sides of the cable track.
328
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
14. Remove the motor-side end piece from the cable track.
9 Repair
9.13 Cable
15. With defective cable L7/L117: Unscrew cable L7/L117 from the interface board and remove the shield.
If cable L7/L117 should be intact and used again, this step is not necessary. Unless it is not possible to lay down the cable track flat near the stand (see next step).
16. Remove the cable ties from the cable track and lay the cable track down on a flat surface stretched out.
17. CAUTION! You must observe the position of connector X303 of cable
L108 (see image).
Carefully pull both cables (together) out of the cable track and the fabric tube.
18. With defective cable L108: Wrap the connector X303 of the new cable
L108 with adhesive tape to protect the detent against breaking off.
19. Lay the cable track down on a flat surface stretched out.
20. Fasten the two (new) cables together with adhesive tape above the flag labels.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
329
9 Repair
9.13 Cable
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
21. CAUTION! Push the green cable. The white cable is carried along. In this way, you can prevent the sensitive fiber optic cable from being damaged. Push both cables (together) into the cable track up to the cable markings.
New cables do not have cable markings. Orientate yourself according to the marking on the second (old) cable and make sure that both cables protrude equally far out of the cable track once they have been drawn in. Then make a mark on the new cable.
22. NOTICE! The cable ties should only fix the position of the cables.
They must not be tightened too much, otherwise fiber-optic cable L7 could be damaged.
Before installing the cable track in the stand, fix the cables at both ends of the cable track with a cable tie.
23. Reinstall the cable track in the stand.
Installation of the cable track is performed in reverse order of the removal.
9.13.2.4
Replacing cable L1 or grounding strap in cable track 1
Replacing cable L1 or grounding strap in cable track 1
The procedure for replacing cable L1 and the grounding strap is basically
analogous to the procedure described in chapter Replacing cable L7/
L117 or L108 in cable track 2 [ → 327].
330
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
10 Maintenance
10.1 Calibrating the unit
10
Maintenance
Maintenance
DANGER
Potentially lethal shock hazard!
It is essential to switch the unit off and to wait at least 1 minute, or 4 minutes if disconnecting the tube assembly (cable L3), before starting the maintenance or taking off a cover panel!
CAUTION
Risk of electric shock!
Always switch the unit off before ...
...connecting a measuring instrument or
...carrying out continuity checks.
NOTICE
Risk of damage to boards
Please observe the usual precautionary measures for handling printed circuit boards (ESD). Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before touching any boards.
NOTICE
Risk of damage to tube assembly
Keep to the prescribed cool-off periods if several exposures have to be taken to check a measured value.
IMPORTANT: Select the correct current/voltage type and adjust the measuring range to match the expected readings.
10.1
Calibrating the unit
Calibrating the unit
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
331
10 Maintenance
10.2 Checking the height adjustment
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
10.2
Checking the height adjustment
Checking the height adjustment
B
A
Check the threaded rod and motor for abrasion
Check whether the height adjustment produces atypical running noises
Check whether precise, jolt-free height adjustment is possible
➢ Perform a visual inspection of height adjustment motor (A) and spindle (B) for abrasion.
If significant abrasion is present:
Replace the height adjustment motor including spindle [ → 250].
➢ Use the Up/Down keys on the control panel to move the unit up and down through its entire adjustment range.
If the mechanics of the height adjustment is defective, a speeddependent hammering noise may occur which points to bearing damage at the height adjustment motor.
If a hammering noise occurs:
Replace the height adjustment motor including spindle [ → 250].
If the unit is not used for a longer period of time, a slight jolt may occur the first time it starts moving. However, the next time it starts moving, it must execute a jolt-free soft start.
➢ Use the Up/Down keys on the control panel to move the unit and observe the movement of the slide. The slide must start in gentle starting and then change over to a faster movement.
If the height adjustment cannot be correctly positioned in detail using the gentle start:
Lubricate the spindle with a light coat of Chesterton 622.
332
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Check whether the height adjustment limit switches are functioning properly
C
10 Maintenance
10.3 Checking the cables for damage
➢ Manually press the actuators (C) of both limit switches (D) one after the other while the height adjustment motor is running. The motor must stop.
If the motor does not stop:
Check the corresponding microswitch and replace if necessary
Check cable L19, replace if necessary.
50
D
Check whether an audible signal can be heard during height adjustment
➢ Use the Up/Down keys on the control panel to move the unit up and down. An acoustic signal must be audible.
If no acoustic signal sounds:
10.3
Checking the cables for damage
Check whether the cables feeding the unit are OK
Checking the cables for damage
➢ Perform a visual inspection of the power cable, protective ground wire, control cables and data cables.
If cables exhibit external damage:
Replace the respective cable [ → 324].
Preparing the measurement
A
10.4
Checking the tube data
Checking the tube data
10.4.1
Checking the tube voltage
Checking the tube voltage
1. Attach the Mult-O-Meter sensor in the middle of the X-ray detector.
2. Set the main switch (A) to I (see also Operating Instructions).
3. Wait for approx. 1 minute.
4. Press the R key.
The unit moves to its starting position.
Performing measurements
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
1. Call the Service menu and the Service routine S002.5 (see Service
Manual).
2. Select kV/mA level 85 kV/7 mA and 4 seconds of radiation time (see
Service Manual).
333
10 Maintenance
10.4 Checking the tube data
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
3. CAUTION! Activating the release button triggers X-rays.
Release radiation. Hold the release button pressed until the set radiation time has expired.
Analyzing measurements
Concluding the measurement
Preparing the measurement
A
➢ Read the voltage values on the display of the Mult-O-Meter.
IMPORTANT
The measured tube voltage must correspond with the tube voltage set of 85kV. The permissible tolerance is ± 10 %.
If the measured values
do not fall within the permissible tolerance range
, replace the
tube assembly
(see Service Manual).
If the measured values are within the permissible tolerance range, finalize the measurement.
1. Exit the service routine.
2. Switch the unit on via switch (A) (see also Operating Instructions).
10.4.2
Checking the radiation time
Checking the radiation time
1. Attach the Mult-O-Meter sensor in the middle of the X-ray detector.
2. Set the main switch (A) to I (see also Operating Instructions).
3. Wait for approx. 1 minute.
4. Press the R key.
The unit moves to its starting position.
Performing measurements
Analyzing measurements
334
1. Call the Service menu and the Service routine S002.5 (see Service
Manual).
2. Select kV/mA level 85 kV/7 mA and 4 seconds of radiation time (see
Service Manual).
3. CAUTION! Activating the release button triggers X-rays.
Release radiation. Hold the release button pressed until the set radiation time has expired.
➢ Read the radiation time on the Mult-O-Meter.
The value displayed on the Mult-O-Meter for the radiation time must be 4s. The permissible tolerance is ± 10 %.
If the measured radiation time does
not
fall within the permissible tolerance, replace the
tube assembly
(see Service Manual).
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
10 Maintenance
10.4 Checking the tube data
Concluding the measurement
If the measured radiation time falls within the permissible tolerance, finalize the measurement.
1. Exit the service routine.
2. Switch the unit on via switch (A) (see also Operating Instructions).
10.4.3
Checking the fan and temperature sensor
Check whether the fan is functioning
Check whether the temperature sensor is supplying plausible values
Checking the fan and temperature sensor
➢ Check the function of the fan using service routine S005.4 [ → 193].
If the fan is defective: Replace the fan.
➢ Read the temperature in the single tank with service routine
If the displayed temperature reading is not plausible: Replace the tube assembly [ → 316].
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
335
10 Maintenance
10.5 Checking the idling rollers
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
10.5
Checking the idling rollers
Checking the idling rollers
A
B
Check whether the idling rollers (A) are
OK
➢ Manually turn the ring (B) and check it for smooth and easy movement.
If the ring does not move smoothly and easily:
Remove the housing covers and check the idle rollers (A) for dirt and foreign particles. Clean and remove foreign particles if necessary.
336
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
10 Maintenance
10.6 Checking the grounding straps
10.6
Checking the grounding straps
Checking the grounding straps
Grounding strap in the stand
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
337
10 Maintenance
10.7 Checking the cable shields
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Grounding strap on the image detector: GALILEOS
Grounding strap on the image detector
Check whether the grounding straps have complete and firm contact
1. Perform a visual and “hands-on” inspection of the grounding straps to ensure that they have complete and firm contact at the positions marked.
If the grounding straps do not have correct contact:
Fasten the grounding straps correctly.
2. Perform a visual inspection of the grounding straps for damage.
If the grounding straps are damaged:
Replace the grounding straps.
10.7
Checking the cable shields
Checking the cable shields
Shield on the tube assembly
338
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Shield on the X-ray detector: GALILEOS
Shield on the X-ray detector
10 Maintenance
10.7 Checking the cable shields
Shield on the housing
Check whether the cable shielding is OK ➢ Perform a visual and “hands-on” inspection of the cable shields to ensure that they have complete and firm contact at the positions marked.
If the cable shields do not have correct contact:
Fasten the cable shields correctly.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
339
10 Maintenance
10.8 Checking the protective ground wires
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
10.8
Checking the protective ground wires
DANGER
Perilous shock hazard!
It is essential to switch the unit off and to wait at least one more 1 minute before beginning the check!
1. Switch the line voltage off at the main switch of the building installation.
2. Disconnect the power cable and the second protective ground wire from the building installation.
3. Remove the "bottom profile", "front tube assembly", and "rear tube assembly" covers.
Measuring setup - Ground wire test
Measuring setup for protective ground wire test
쓓
A
A
A B C
Check whether the ground wire resistance complies with the specifications
340
V
D
C
D
E
A
B
B
C
D
E
E
Ammeter
Power source
Measuring point A, central protective ground wire
Voltmeter
Measuring points B - E
A and B
A and C
A and D
A and E
GNYE wire
2. Protective ground wire
Housing DX32
Tube assembly housing
0.1 Ω
0.1 Ω
0.2 Ω
0.2 Ω
✔
A power source with a current of at least 0.2 A , a no-load voltage of
24 V max. and 4 V min. is required.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
10 Maintenance
10.8 Checking the protective ground wires
1. Connect the power source between the measuring points specified in the table for at least 5 s.
2. Measure the voltage drop with the voltmeter, measure the current with the ammeter, and calculate the resistance using the formula
R = U / I.
If the resistance value is greater than indicated in the adjacent table, check whether the protective ground wires are fastened according to the specifications.
Check whether plain washer, tooth lock washer and cable lug are installed on the protective ground wire in the correct order and whether the nuts of the protective ground wire connections are firmly tightened.
If the fastening of the protective ground wires does not meet the specifications, fasten the protective ground wires correctly.
Measuring point A - GALILEOS ground wire test, new
Measuring point A: Central protective ground wire
A
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
341
10 Maintenance
10.8 Checking the protective ground wires
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Checking measuring points B and C - protective ground wire
Measuring points B and C: GNYE power connection and 2nd ground wire
A
B
C
Power cable to the unit
Second protective ground wire
Unit
Checking measuring points D and E - protective ground wire
Measuring points D and E: Board cage DX32 and tube assembly housing
342
D
E
Board cage DX32
Tube assembly housing
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
A
10 Maintenance
10.9 Checking the device leakage current
10.9
Checking the device leakage current
Checking the device leakage current
DANGER
Potentially lethal shock hazard!
It is essential to switch the unit off and to wait at least one more 1 minute before beginning the check!
A high resistance measuring voltage source at line frequency and a measuring circuit compliant with the requirements of IEC 60601 are required. Complete test units, e.g. the "Bender tester", fulfill these requirements.
Measuring setup for testing the device leakage current
B
L
N
PE
A
B
쓓
MD
10kOhm
1kOhm
0,015µF
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
V
D
A
B
D
Power cable to the unit
Voltage source: 200-240V, 50Hz/60Hz
Voltmeter
1. Switch the line voltage off at the main switch of the building installation.
2. Disconnect the power cable and the second protective ground wire from the building installation.
3. Remove the "profile" cover.
4. Check whether the unit power switch is turned on.
343
10 Maintenance
10.9 Checking the device leakage current
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
5. Connect a high-resistance measuring voltage source between the short-circuited power cable (B) and the protective ground wire (A).
6. Measure the voltage drop via MD.
The measured value must not exceed 5 mA.
If the leakage current is not correct: Troubleshoot the problem
following the instructions in Device leakage current too high [ → 133] .
7. Reconnect the unit to the building installation (see the installation instructions for the unit).
344
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
11 Dismantling and disposal
11.1 Dismantling and reinstallation
11
Dismantling and disposal
Dismantling and disposal
11.1
Dismantling and reinstallation
Dismantling and reinstallation
When dismantling and reinstalling the system, proceed according to the installation instructions for new installation in order to guarantee its proper functioning and stability.
The X-ray unit must be recalibrated whenever structural alterations in the area surrounding the X-ray room or new installations have been performed.
11.2
Disposal
Your product is marked with the adjacent symbol. Within the European
Economic Area, this product is subject to Directive 2002/96/EC as well as the corresponding national laws. This directive requires environmentally sound recycling/disposal of the product. The product must not be disposed of as domestic refuse!
Please observe the disposal regulations applicable in your country.
Disposal procedure
We advise that this product is subject to the stipulations in EC guideline
2002/96 governing waste electrical and electronic equipment and must be disposed of in line with these special requirements within the
European Union (EU).
Prior to disassembly / disposal of the product, it must be fully prepared
(cleaned / disinfected / sterilized).
When disposing of equipment permanently, please proceed as follows:
In Germany:
To initiate return of the electrical device, please send a disposal order to
"enretec GmbH".
1. You can find a form for placing a disposal order on the company's homepage (www.enretec.de) under the menu item "Entsorgung elektrischer und elektronischer Geräte" (Disposal of electric and electronic devices). The form can either be downloaded or completed online.
2. Fill out the form with the corresponding details and send it either as an online order or fax it to enretec GmbH at +49(0)3304 3919 590.
You can also get in touch with the following contacts for disposal orders and any questions relating to this you may have:
Phone: +49(0)3304 3919 500;
By e-mail: [email protected]
Mailing address: enretec GmbH, Geschäftsbereich eomRECYCLING
Kanalstrasse 17, 16727 Velten
Your equipment that is not permanently installed will be collected in the practice, while your permanently installed equipment will be collected curbside at your address at the agreed time and date.
All disassembly, transport and packaging costs are to be borne by the owner/operator of the equipment. The disposal itself is free of charge.
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
345
11 Dismantling and disposal
11.2 Disposal
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Worldwide (outside Germany):
Please contact your local dental equipment specialist for country-specific information on disposal.
X-ray tubes and counterweights
The X-ray tube assembly for this product contains an X-ray tube with a potential implosion hazard, a small amount of beryllium, a lead lining and mineral oil.
The unit contains counterbalancing weights made of lead.
346
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
Sirona Dental Systems GmbH
Service Manual (as of February 2013) GALILEOS
Version 1:
Version 2:
12
Service Manual History
Service Manual History
Service Manual valid as of February 2013;
Software version V04.12.00
Software version V04.14.00
12 Service Manual History
64 26 345 D3437
D3437.076.03.02.02 04.2013
347
tÉ=êÉëÉêîÉ=íÜÉ=êáÖÜí=íç=ã~âÉ=~åó=~äíÉê~íáçåë=ïÜáÅÜ=ã~ó=ÄÉ=êÉèìáêÉÇ=ÇìÉ=íç=íÉÅÜåáÅ~ä=áãéêçîÉãÉåíëK
«=páêçå~=aÉåí~ä=póëíÉãë=dãÄe=OMNP aPQPTKMTSKMPKMOKMO MQKOMNP
páêçå~=aÉåí~ä=póëíÉãë=dãÄe
áå=íÜÉ=rp^W
c~Äêáâëíê~≈É=PN
SQSOR=_ÉåëÜÉáã dÉêã~åó
ïïïKëáêçå~KÅçã páêçå~=aÉåí~ä=póëíÉãë=ii`
QUPR=páêçå~=aêáîÉI=pìáíÉ=NMM
`Ü~êäçííÉI=k`=OUOTP rp^ péê~ÅÜÉW ÉåÖäáëÅÜ
ûKJkêKW= NNT=OSM mêáåíÉÇ=áå=dÉêã~åó lêÇÉê=kç
SQ=OS=PQR=aPQPT
advertisement
Key Features
- 3D CBCT imaging
- High-resolution images
- Accurate diagnosis and treatment planning
- Improved patient care